Anunnaki Series

In 2010, Maximillien de Lafayette, for personal and

security/safety reasons wrote and published several books
under the pseudonym of Germain Lumiere. A so-called
trusted friend betrayed the oath of friendship, and
maliciously revealed this secret.
Thus, the pseudonym cannot be used any longer! So, in
order to set the record straight, all previous books that
appeared under that pseudonym, are currently re-published
under the name of Maximillien de Lafayette.
The present volume is one of those books.
Copyright © 2010 by Maximillien de Lafayette. All rights
reserved. No part of this book may be used or reproduced
by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, taping or by any information
storage retrieval system without the written permission of
the author except in the case of brief quotations embodied
in critical articles and reviews.

9781257195169
 The Anunnaki Final
Warning to Earth, and
Their Return In 2022.

5th Edition

Maximillien De Lafayette
From the Mouzakraat of
Sinhar Marduchk 1

Announcing the return of the

Anunnaki to Earth

From Ana’kh, the Anunnaki language:

1. Michrachk Sinhar Anunna Ila Erdu Ina Kitbani
Nouru Ilmu
2. Wa Tahiriim kiblah-ra Michrachki
3. Ana mia Maiyaa inaduu nisa khalkah

Translation
1. [ The] Return of the Lords Anunnaki to Earth is
written in the Light of Knowledge
2. And the Purified shall prepare my return
3. In the waters shall cast a new creation

Translated from Ana’kh to English by Germain

Lumiere/Maximillien de Lafayette, Cairo, 1962.

Linguistic notes:
a-Mouzakraat means records, notes or diary in Ana’kh, the
language of the Anunnaki. In ancient and modern Arabic,
the word Mouzakaraat means memoirs. And the word Zikr
means memory or remembrance.
b-Sinhar means lord.
c-Anunna means Anunnaki. It is a linguistic variation of the
words Anunnaki and Anaki , in their archaic use by the
ancient Semites, Arwadians and Phoenicians. The Hebrew
word Anakim and the ancient Hyksos term/name
Anuramkim mean the same thing. Other names of the
Anunnaki:
The Anunnaki were known to many neighboring countries in
the Near East, Middle East, and Anatolia. Because of the
languages’ differences, the Anunnaki were called differently.

For instance:
1-The Habiru (Early Hebrews/Israelites) called them
Nephilim, meaning to fall down to earth, as well as
Anakim.
2-Some passages in the Old Testament refer to them as
Elohim.
3-In Ashuric (Assyrian-Chaldean), and Syriac-Aramaic,
they are called Jabaariyn, meaning the mighty ones.
4-In Aramaic, Chaldean and Hebrew, the Anunnaki as
Gibborim mean the mighty or majestic ones.
5-In literary Arabic, it is Jababira. The early Arabs called
them Al Jababira; sometimes Amalika.
6-The Egyptians called them Neteru.
7-The early Phoenicians called them An.Na Kim,
meaning the god or heaven who sent them to us.
8-The early inhabitants of Arwad called then Anu.ki,
meaning the subjects or followers of Anu. Sometimes,
they were called Anu. Ki.ram. (Ram means people,
persons, community, tribes, group)
 9-The early Hyskos (Ancestors of the Armenians) who
invaded and ruled Egypt for more than 300 years, called
them the Anuramkir and Anuramkim, meaning the
people of Anu on earth. It is composed of three words:
Anu + ram (People) + Ki (Earth). The primitive form of Ki
was kir or kiim.
10-The Greeks called them the Annodoti.
11-In the Book of Enoch, they are called The Nephilim,
The Sons of God, or the Watchers .
12-The Ulema call them Annakh or Al Annaki, meaning
the people from above.
13-In other parts of Anatolia, and especially in the lands
of the Hittites, the Anunnaki were also called Anunnaku,
and Ananaki.

d-Erdu means planet Earth. Ard in Arabic. Heretz in Hebrew.

Erda, Irdi in proto-Phoenician, Ugaritic.
e-Kitbani means written. Kitaba is a document or a book
(Conic Inscriptions) in Ana’kh.
Kitab in Arabic, and a variation of Ketab in ancient Turkish,
Farsi and Urdu. All these words were directly derived from
the Anunnaki language.
f-Nouru means light. From this Anunnaki’s word derived
numerous words included in the languages of the ancient
and modern Near East and Middle East. For instance the
word Nour appears in Arabic, Urdu, Turkish, Farsi and
several ancient languages. Even the Judaic/Hebrew word
Menora is closely related to Nouru.
g-Tahiriim means the Purified Ones, sometime it refers to
the Ascended Masters, which are one of the two highest
categories of the Anunnaki-Ulema.
h-Mia Maiyaa means water. Mia or Mie appeared in the
ancient Assyrian texts, as well as in the Akkadian/Sumerian
inscriptions of Tiglath Pileser. In Pre-Islamic and modern
Arabic, it is Maii or Ma’. In Phoenician it is Mem.
i-Khalkah means the Creation of Man. Khalikah in Arabic.
The day, the Anunnaki
will return to Earth!

Wednesday, November 30th, 2022:

Indications and signs of the Anunnaki’s return will
appear.

Thursday, December 1st, 2022:

Date of the return of the Anunnaki.
Acknowledgements

For their enormous contributions to this book, and especially

for their guidance, I am extremely grateful to:

Ulema Mordachai ben Zvi

Ulema Penjabi Tien Utan,
Ulema, Grand Master Master W. Li,
Master Sorenztein,
Master Oppenhemier,
Master O. Kanazawa,
Master Ghandar,
Master Govinda,
Ulema Cheik Al Mutawalli,
A special thank you note goes to:
Dr. Mary Ann Ghafurrian, administrator of the United States
Chapter of the Anunnaki Ulema Ramadosh Society for
revealing the truth.
Author Laura Lebron for translating major manuscripts and
books on the Anunnaki from English to Spanish, and for
enlightening the international Latin/Spanish speaking
communities.
My loyal friends Peggy Sulin, Indra Sulln, Colonel Petrit
Demaliaj, and Melinda Pomerleau for their constant
encouragement and support.
The Revised, Indexed and
Complete Book of the
Anunnaki-Ulema Final
Warning to Humanity, the
End of Time, and the
Return of the Anunnaki in
2022. 5 th Edition

The Grays’ creation of a hybrid-human race, and the final

clash
between extraterrestrials and Earth.

Based upon the writings, Kira’at (Readings) and books of

Ulema Maximillien de Lafayette (Dirasat/Work1960-2010)
Maximillien de Lafayette Commentaries and teaching by
Ulema Mordachai ben Zvi
Ulema Penjabi Tien Utan
Ulema Kira Yerma
Ulema Meli Po
Master O. Kanazawa
Contribution by
Ulema Nathaliyi ben Yacov
Ulema Mordachai ben Zvi
Ulema Kira Yerma
 Times Square Press. Elite Associates International
Notes by
Jamiya Ramadosh Al-Ulema Al-Anunnaki
London New York Paris Marseille Benares Cairo Alexandria
Baalbeck
Damascus Tokyo
2010
Table of Contents

Anunnaki Series
Copyright Page
Title Page
From the Mouzakraat of Sinhar Marduchk - Announcing the
return of the Anunnaki to Earth
The day, the Anunnaki will return to Earth!
Acknowledgements
The Revised, Indexed and Complete Book of the Anunnaki-
Ulema Final Warning to Humanity, the End of Time, and
the Return of the Anunnaki in 2022. 5th Edition
Introduction
PART ONE - The Return of the Anunnaki
The Return of the Anunnaki - Final warning and the
Apocalypse
Coding and Decoding the Significance of the Year 2022

PART TWO - The Return of the Anunnaki: Q & A

Outlook for mankind after the year 2022
Another extraterrestrial threat other than the Gray’s
aliens
Aliens competing with the Anunnaki to rule our planet?
Would the Anunnaki come to aid the planet if another
threat happens?
Hybrid Grays: Adoption and DNA contamination
On the Greys interbreeding program with humans
Are the Anunnaki going to take over Earth?
Human race: The Anunnaki creation of a new human
race after 2022
 Russian Underwater Bases
Anunnaki Prevention of Use of Nuclear Weapons
Who will survive the return of the Anunnaki?
How many other Anunnaki will be part of the return?
Efficient energy systems of the Anunnaki.
Stargate over Chicago
Signs before the return of the Anunnaki
Anunnaki’s tool of annihilation

PART THREE - The World of the Anunnaki and

Ulema: Q & A
On Divination and Tarot Card Reading
On inner bio-rhythm, bad luck, good luck & Anunnaki
On ghosts, entities, holographic projections, 40 days
period after death
Living continuously in 3 different time-space zones and
Anunnaki
Anunnaki purification and a new identity
Were dinosaurs created by extraterrestrials?
The lost continent of MU’s connection with the Anunnaki
Where are the Anunnaki now and why don’t they
interfere in our planet?
Don’t ever underestimate the power of your mind!
Scanning brilliant minds to create a SuperBaby !
Is the Ulema-Anunnaki group administered by men or a
matriarch woman?
The relationship between our mind, body and cellular
memory?
Anunnaki-Phoenician Chavad-nitrin and the immortality
of the gods
Hidden entrances to other worlds and dimensions, right
here on Earth
Paranormal mirrors and extraterrestrials: Mirrors that
remember their previous owners.
Anunnaki type of civilization
Anunnaki immaturity, emotional control, jealousy, sin?
 Anunnaki management skills
The Anunnaki’s God: A critical God?
Benevolent and malevolent Anunnaki gods
Clairvoyance (Telepathic communication/vision)
between members of the same family
On the Anunnaki’s creation of early humans and Earth
original species
All human beings do not come from the same origin
Anunnaki-Ulema esoteric and mind-power techniques
On the old way of thinking
Esoteric/secret calendar of your lucky days and Q uestion
by Ray Mantoya. hours
On different dimensions and multidimensional beings

INDEX
Introduction
The great Babylonian king Hammurabi, the sixth monarch of
the first Babylonian dynasty. Hammurabi received his Code
from the Anunnaki.
Introduction

Earlier this year, Maximillien de Lafayette’s book

Anunnaki Final Warning was sold out and no
longer available.
We approached him with the idea of updating and
rewriting a new edition of this book, with the
intention of bringing to the reader, knowledge and
information never before released to the public,
and source material directly from Maximillien de
Lafayette’s work and the Ulema Anunnaki Kira’at.

This book contains brand new material as well as new

questions and answers and revelations on the return of the
Anunnaki in meticulous detail.
Please note that the ideas and information within these
pages are strictly and solely that of Maximillien de Lafayette
and the Ulema, as previously published in his books.
No bibliography has been used or recommended, as no
other authors have disserted on this subject.
This book, and all subsequent publications will exclusively
contain the original work of Maximillien de Lafayette and the
Ulema.

No reference to any other author’s book, or use of

any other source material will ever be included in
our publications, except for short inclusions of
governmental data when is permitted and part of
the public domain, such as government press
releases and information obtained through
Freedom of information Act requests.
 PART ONE
The Return of the Anunnaki

Final warning and the Apocalypse

Final warning and the Apocalypse

The Mayan Calendar and other return’s dates
How about the 2022 scenario?
What contact? What return??
Why the Anunnaki contact or Anunnaki return is so
different and so important on many levels?
Identified cities in India for the return of the Anunnaki
Earth’s designated landing areas for the Anunnaki’s
return to our planet in 2022
Will you be there when the Anunnaki return to earth?
Find out!
What are you chances of meeting an Anunnaki? …57
Here is the formula! Do your math!
The following is an excerpt from a dialogue between a
student and an Ulema
Is it true that their return will seal the fate of Planet
Earth and all humanity?
Did the Anunnaki plan on returning to Earth to clean
house?
Ambar Anati’s story and revelations
Sinhar Ambar Anati in her own words
Three members of the NSA were waiting for me
The Grays attended the meeting
Holographic pictures that showed them the entire
sequence of the Roswell crash
At the Dulce Base
We were joined by a Gray
The First Level
The Second Level
The Third Level
The Fourth Level
The Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Levels
The Eighth Level
The Ninth Level
The Tenth Level
Grays in shape-shifted form
The Grays and their slaves, the Hybrids, have invaded
the world
 The Grays and their slaves, the Hybrids, have invaded
the world
The Anunnaki Council
The United States military authorities would not
cooperate
The Anunnaki needed a planet-sized laboratory
The Anunnaki fostered the evolutionary process
Humanity is divided into three groups, regarding their
level of contamination
The first group
The second group
The third group
A cataclysmic event
The Anunnaki’s Bubble
Anunnaki guides will be there for the humans
Ba’abs (Star Gates) exist everywhere
The final stage
The final clash

Coding and Decoding the Signifi cance of the Year

2022… 103
First interpretation of the Code
Second interpretation of the Code
Characteristics of the number 6
The number 6, carbon and the creation of mankind
The number 6 is one of the six major extraterrestrial hot
spots on Earth
Statue of a Phoenician goddess found in Malta
Photo of the ruins of ancient Malta, which is one of the
six major extraterrestrial hot spots on Earth
Photo of the ancient walls of Malta
Photo of the ruins of Baalbeck, one of the earliest
Photo of the Trilithon of Baalbeck, part of the early
space centers of the Anunnaki in the Near East
Another view of the legendary Trilithon of Baalbeck
 Photo of the tomb of Hiram, king of Tyre, founder of the
first Freemasonry Rite in the world, and an offspring of
the remnants of the Anunnaki in the Near East
Photo of the ruins of the ancient city of Tyre in Phoenicia
(Modern day Lebanon). Tyre was one of the six major
esoteric cities of the Anunnaki on Earth
Photo of Tyre (Sour) today; a Shiite Muslim city in
Southern Lebanon
Photo of the Ziggurat of Nippur. The ancient city of
Nippur in Iraq was one of the six major extraterrestrial
hot spots on Earth
Photo of a tower toward the heavens in Nippur. Ur
Nammu atop the Ziggurat (Tower of Babel) at Ur
The Phoenician Hook
Meaning of the number 6 in Anunnaki-Phoenician
Alphabets
Facts

In 1947, a Grays’ spacecraft crashed in Roswell

Statement by Ambar Anati on record
On the night of February 20, the President of the United
States disappeared
A Cover-up!
It was a cover-up for the President’s real business
Photo of Muroc Field/ Edwards Air Force Base.
Eisenhower was actually taken to Muroc Airfield, which
was later renamed Edwards Air Force Base. There, he
met with the Grays
How was this meeting arranged, in the first place?
Before the meetings: Two major black projects
Second meeting in 1954
United States Protocol on Extraterrestrials’ visit to
Earth in 2022
Master Kanazawa’s Kira’at (An excerpt)
United States Government publications on
extraterrestrial invasions
1-Government alien invasion plan
2-Government publications on aliens and security
3-The United States government’s plan with Aliens
4-United States National Defense Against Aliens’
Invasion
5-Aliens’ attack plan
6-What to do in case of an alien attack
United States government major concerns
Xenotransplantation and aliens-cross-species infections
United States Government Official Statement
Extraterrestrials could seek to unravel the inner secrets
of mankind.
United States Government Findings: In case of
extraterrestrial invasion, the power supply known a
electricity would most likely be a high value target for
hostile parties
Recently discovered publications by the United States
Government pertaining to alien invasion
1-Likely Defense Against Alien Invasion
2-Surviving Extraterrestrials Invasion
3-Aliens and Government Preparation
4-US Emergency Plan for Extraterrestrial Invasion
5-Extraterrestrial Alien Invasion Government Procedure
United States current intelligence about the mode of
transportation of beings of other worlds
Department of Defense Briefings: Area 51, a location
often believed to contain materials of extraterrestrial
origin
The Return of the
Anunnaki

Final warning and the

Apocalypse

The Mayan Calendar and other return

dates
2012 marks the end of the Mayan calendar. It has no
relation whatsoever to the return of the Anunnaki. Any
advanced theory pertaining to this date is not backed up by
science.
Such assumption is pseudoscience.
Mr. Burak Eldem was the first writer to suggest that the
Anunnaki will return in 2012. Again, this assigned date
could not be backed by astronomy or any other science. It is
evident that people are confusing the Mayan calendar that
ends in 2012 with the Anunnaki return or intention to return.
Some authors have suggested that the Mayas and the Incas
have some sort of link to the Anunnaki, because of their
extensive knowledge of astronomy and cosmology. The
same thing was said about the Sumerians who mapped the
heavens. Yet, there is no date for their return to earth in the
Sumerian texts.
According to Mr. Sitchin, the next passage of Nibiru will
occur in the year 2085. This means that the Anunnaki will
show up in 2085.
Any scientific data to substantiate this idea?
No.
However, Mr. Sitchin must have his own reasons and logic
for advancing such a theory. On what foundation did he
cement his assumption? We don’t know. We respect the
man and admire his pioneering work. But, we have no clues
as to how Mr. Sitchin came up with this date.

How about the 2022 scenario?

The only reference made to the date 2022 was found in the
Ulema manuscript called The Book of Ramadosh.

In essence, the Book of RamaDosh is a

cosmological-metaphysical-philosophical work
based upon science, astronomy and quantum
physics.
Yet, at the time it was written or compiled,
quantum physics theories did not exist.
How the Ulema knew about quantum physics, and
anti-gravity laws, remains an unsolved mystery,
unless you are one of their adepts.
The Book of Ramadosh and the book Ilmu Al
Donia described ad infinitum the return of the
Anunnaki to Earth, and their plan for humanity.
According to two Anunnaki-Ulema, Masters, Ambar
Anati, and Maximillien de Lafayette, the Anunnaki’s
 return has already been announced to leading
figures in several countries. Some have suggested
that India was chosen as the landing terminal of
the Anunnaki.

Numerous ufologists believe that the United States is more

likely to be the Anunnaki’s return destination.
They claim that American military scientists and a group of
astrophysicists at NASA and top-echelon officials at the NSA
have learned about the Anunnaki’s return (Including the
date of their return) from an extraterrestrial race currently
living on Earth.
Some of these extraterrestrials work at the Dulce base,
AUTEC, and other underground facilities in Arizona, Nevada,
Puerto Rico and Mexico.
How accurate are these claims?
Nobody knows for sure. However, Ulema de Lafayette has
stated, this could be quite accurate, simply because the
Greys who live on Earth and underwater already know that
the Anunnaki are planning on returning to Earth. And since
the Greys are working on several joint-projects with some
very powerful governments, one can assume that they have
informed our governments about the Anunnaki’s return.
In addition, a few years ago, in Washington, D.C., an
Anunnaki Sinhar by the name of Ambar Anati had two
meetings with top officials and leading figures in science,
and informed them that the return of the Anunnaki is
irrevocable , because the Greys have contaminated the
human race.
In the area of speculation and rhetoric, we have 3 proposed
dates, so far:

❖ 1-According to Z. Sitchin, the return of the

Anunnaki shall occur sometime in 2085.
❖ 2-According to independent researchers and
fans of the Mayan Calendar, the Anunnaki
will return in 2012 and this could change
humanity’s fate, and bring the world to a
catastrophic end.
❖ 3-According to the Ulema, the precise date is
2022.

What Contact? What Return??

The return of the Anunnaki triggers enormous global
interest, and excites the imagination of people.
The reasons?
Well, the list of reasons is ad infinitum…endless. According
to our readers, the return of the Anunnaki could:
a. Change their religious belief systems;
b. Alter the fabric of our societies;
c. Clean-up mind and body contamination;
d. Establish cosmic order.

Highly cultured researchers (debunkers and believers alike)

have begun to express an increased and intense interest in
this topic, because the possibility of contacting
extraterrestrials, and/or being contacted by them has
become a possibility that science can no longer refute or
deny.

The paramount questions rotating around the Anunnaki’s

return are:
1-When?
2-How?
3-Where?
3-For what purpose?
4-And who will be contacted on earth? Heads of
governments and important people only, or just, you and
me, and the rest of us?

Basically, those are the major concerns.

However, contact with extraterrestrials is neither the main
topic, nor the primordial concern per se, because several
scientific groups and secret military units are already
working in sync with various alien races. Many top echelon
military men and the crème de la crème of scientists in the
United States have already confirmed such cooperation.

The main theme is not Extraterrestrial Contact , but a

contact with the Anunnaki. And this difference is extremely
important and major on so many levels.

Why the Anunnaki contact or Anunnaki

return is so different and so important on
many levels?
 1-History shows, that there is a special (and very
unique) relationship between the Anunnaki and the
human race.
Unlike other extraterrestrial races that interact with us
for very specified and specific purposes, such as
abduction of humans in exchange for alien technology,
or peaceful co-habitation/co-occupation of planet earth
via a mutual agreement/protocol, the Anunnaki:
a. Do not interact with us,
b. Do not abduct humans,
c. Do not cooperate with United States military
scientists.

The Anunnaki do not need the consent of humans to carry

on their projects, and/or to coordinate mutual operations.
They had, and still have full control over us from the dawn
of the creation of the primitive humans.
We function, think, act and react according to what they
have installed in our Intellect program , genes, DNA, and
Mental Conduit .
They created us genetically.

Other extraterrestrial races currently working with top

military scientists on earth have control over earth and its
inhabitants because of their far advanced technology.
These alien races operate very differently from the
Anunnaki. Their agenda is macabre, for it contains:
a. Human abduction;
b. Animal mutilation;
c. Genetic experiments;
d. Mind control;
e. Territorial ambitions.
The Anunnaki have no interest whatsoever in dominating
the earth and controlling our minds.
The Anunnaki have already created our mental faculties and
programmed us some 65,000 years ago. Thus, their
physical interference in human affairs is not necessary at
all.
2-The Anunnaki left earth thousands of years ago. Many
other alien races are still on earth carrying out their own
programs and projects. For a multitude of reasons, they
need planet earth as a spatial/terrestrial base.

The Anunnaki (Or Igigi) do not need planet earth as a base

for their galactic enterprises.
They lived here, created multiple human races, founded
cities, established religions and taught us how to think, how
to act and how to understand our physical world. Their job is
done!
The Anunnaki are no longer interested in human affairs,
because the human race has nothing particular or beneficial
to offer to the Anunnaki. But other extraterrestrial races are
in extreme need of using humans in any capacity, role,
function, and aspect to carry out their operations. Ufologists
and scholars know very well the complete scenario and
agenda of alien races currently living on earth. We have
plenty of theories and hypotheses, but nothing is absolutely
certain.

3-Almost 99.99% of extraterrestrial activities, sightings,

landings, human abductions, visitations, encounters and
contacts occur, develop, and materialize in the sphere-
existence of various alien races living on earth, but
never in the Anunnaki’s sphere or perimeter.
The Anunnaki are not part of this spectrum. In other words,
the Anunnaki are out of the picture. They left earth
thousands of years ago, and are not very much interested in
us.
Thus, a return of the Anunnaki to earth is an exceptional
event in the history of mankind. Very unique and very
significant indeed.

The Anunnaki must have serious, paramount and

indispensable reasons for returning to planet earth.
Other alien races are here on earth. Some left, while many
others are still working and living in secret military bases,
laboratories on the surface of the earth, underwater and in
terrestrial orbit.
So, there is nothing new or special about their presence on
earth. But the return of the Anunnaki to earth is evidently
very special, and constitutes a major event.
The Anunnaki are not coming back to mine gold!!! This is an
old silly story we will not bother with.
The Anunnaki must have more important and predominant
reasons for their return. And this is what makes their
anticipated return extremely paramount and significant!
This book explores and explains the scope, nature and
reasons for the return of the Anunnaki.

Identified cities in India for the return of

the Anunnaki
Some writers have suggested that India was chosen as the
landing terminal. Those suggestions have appeared on
many websites, and in articles published by journalists from
India. The early and very ancient Anunnaki-Ulema
manuscripts identified the Hind and Sindh (Ancient
territories of modern India and Pakistan) as one of the
landing spots for the return of the Anunnaki.
The most frequently mentioned cities and regions for the
landing of the Anunnaki are:

❖ 1-Punjab,
❖ 2-State of Multan also called Bayt al-Zahab by
the Arabs, and Dar Al-Aman by the Mughals,
❖ 3-Lamghan,
❖ 4-The area surrounding the river of Chinab,
❖ 5-Kashmir,
❖ 6-Jazirat Al Sind.

Earth’s designated landing areas for the

Anunnaki’s return to our planet in 2022

Cheik Al Mutawalli and Dr. Farid Tayarah (Both,

members of Hiram Masonic Lodges in Lebanon and
Egypt, and custodians of the Book Sun of the
Great Knowledge : Shams Al Maa-Ref Al Koubra)
said that some regions of India lign up perfectly
with the Anunnaki Triangle that defines precisely
the perimeter of their landing and designated cities
for their return.
This Triangle encompasses additional cities outside India.
Dr. Tayarah named those cities and areas:

Aktion, Bijjeh, Geilenkirchen,

Alaska, Brazilia, Gyumri,

Amchit, Bucharest, Honolulu,

Amrit, California, Kamishli,

Antioch, Carthage, Kent,

Arizona, Cherbough, Konya,

Arwad, Dover, Le Havre,

Baalbeck, Dushanbe, London,

Basra, Gabala, Malta,

Mexico City, Paris, Trapani,

Nevada, Prague, Tyre,

New Mexico, Puerto Rico, Ur,

New York City, Saint Petersburg, Vera Cruz,

Niederheid, Sidon, Washington DC

Oerland, Texas,
Will you be there when the Anunnaki
return to earth? Find out!
Will you be there when the Anunnaki return to earth?
Find out!
What are you chances of meeting an Anunnaki? Here
is
the formula!
DO YOUR MATH!

The following is an excerpt from a dialogue between

a student and an Ulema:

The student asked the Ulema: Well, if I correctly use these

numbers, would I be able to learn more about the return of
the Anunnaki? Are they a threat to us? Can I meet the
Anunnaki?

The Ulema replied: First, the Anunnaki are a threat only to

the Fasidin (Bad people, rotten people in his language). So
you have nothing to fear for yourself…Yes, the numbers will
tell you a lot about the Anunnaki.
He stopped for a few seconds, and then, said: ‘Tayeb Esma’h
(OK, listen now, in his language), when you have some free
time…and if you are interested in knowing if you have any
chance of seeing with your own eyes the Roujou’h
(Arrival) of the Anunnaki, do this…consider it as a game for
now…nothing serious…just play with these numbers, and
see what you could find…OK?
Do this:
Write down the number 2022
 Add your age to 2022
Subtract 6
Deduct 14 from what you got
Add together the four digits of the new number you got
Add the new number to form one single digit
Add the digit you got to 2022

He continued: The final number you get will tell

you if you are going to be one of those lucky
persons who will be blessed by the Anunnaki…
remember blessing is not a religious benediction or
a spiritual blessing…no…no...no…it is simply your
chance to enter a new age of happiness, tranquility
and an enormous personal satisfaction. Do the
numbers, see if you will be around…

The student did not quite understand how the final number
will tell him about all that? So he asked the learned one:
How would I understand what the final number means?
The Ulema replied: You will, just compare the number to
the year 2022…if your number is under 2022, you are not a
lucky man…if your number is equal or higher, then you have
made it…you will be there, you will meet them and your life
will be full of happiness…

Anxiously, the student asked his teacher: So, If I get less

than 2022…I am screwed! Right? The Ulema laughed and
replied: Not totally, try again…be patient…take your time,
and if the same number pops again, do not panic, add to the
number, the numerical value of the Phoenician letter
 Aleph … (First letter of the Phoenician, Aramaic, Hebrew,
Anunnaki, and Arabic alphabets.)

Is it true that their return will seal the

fate of Planet Earth and all humanity?

Q uestion:
Did the Anunnaki plan on returning to Earth to clean house?
Is it true that their return will seal the fate of Planet Earth
and all humanity?

Answer:
Absolutely!
According to Sinhar Anbar Anati – an Anunnaki hybrid
woman born on Earth of Anunnaki lineage, who married an
Anunnaki Sinhar, traveled to Nibiru (Ashtari), lived there for
several years, and studied the true history of humanity here
on earth as well as learning much about life on Nibiru – YES
they will be returning in 2022, and the decision they have
made is now irrevocable and final.

Before her final departure from Earth back to Nibiru in 2007,

Sinhar Anbar Anati contacted Ulema de Lafayette with a
desire for him to publish an account of her life and
experiences both here on Earth and Nibiru, with humans,
Anunnaki, hybrids and Greys.
The most fascinating parts of her account were her
meetings with top echelon military brass and scientists from
different countries and governments, concerning the return
of the Anunnaki to Earth, and the reason behind their return.

Ambar Anati’s story and revelations:

Herewith is an exerpt from her story, as told to Maximillien
de Lafayette and Dr. Ilil Arbel, who included it in their book
Anunnaki Ultimatum End of Time.
Note: Maximillien de Lafayette and Dr. Ilil Arbel wrote the
story of Sinhar Ambar Anati in 2008.
The following is an excerpt from the story, and it has been
authorized by Ulema and author de Lafayette to reproduce
it in this book, in its entirety.

Sinhar Ambar Anati in her own words:

I was taken to earth, and went to a hotel in New York. I
had with me a special device, an ingenious thing that had
on it the special telephone numbers of top members of the
National Security Agency, or NSA as everyone refers to
them. Only two or three people in the world have these
numbers, not even the president of the United States has
access to them.
They are used only for matters related to extra terrestrial
reverse engineering. The device makes sure the phones will
be promptly answered, and when I called, I gave them data
that they recognized as their own extraterrestrial material.
They were shocked, but nevertheless they agree to meet
with me. I suppose they realized they had no choice.
 Rather politely, they offered to fly me to Washington DC,
where they wanted to have the meeting, but I informed
them that it was not necessary.

It was easy for me to simply materialize in D.C., and I did

not want them to know my current address, if this could be
prevented. They directed me to come to the Four Seasons
Hotel in Georgetown, where they were to meet me at the
lobby.
I was to know, if questioned at the hotel, that I was
heading for the suite that was reserved under the name of a
Middle Eastern gentleman who owned a limousine service in
D.C., and had often used the hotel for similar purposes.

Three members of the NSA were waiting

for me
I materialized a little distance away from the hotel, and
walked there on M Street. Three members of the NSA were
waiting for me, and they took me to the reserved suite,
where fifteen more people were sitting around a huge table.
They rose and greeted me politely, but I could clearly see
the suspicion in their eyes and in their thoughts.
I noticed that the shades of all the windows were closed,
and I saw no telephones. However, they all had gadgets in
their hands which I have recognized immediately.
They were navigation devices, which at the time were
known only to extraterrestrials, not to any humans.
For a moment I assumed that they got it from the Grays,
for communication purposes, and then noticed that quite a
few of these people were really Grays who had shape-
shifted to resemble humans.
I can easily identify them, because even while shape-
shifting, the Grays cannot turn their heads independently of
their body. They have to turn the entire body if they wish to
look to the sides. As they turn, their eyes cannot follow their
heads quickly, like humans’ eyes, but they have to refocus.

The Grays attended the meeting.

All that is done rather discretely, but after living with the
Hybrids and the Grays, I could not miss that.
In addition, humans usually fidget, move around. The
Grays never do. When seated, they sit quietly, immobile.
When standing, they are straight and immobile as well. In
addition to that, I had more instructions from Nibiru as to
how to recognize all shape-shifters, which I cannot explain
because it involves using the Conduit.
One of the Grays at the end of the table was tapping
nervously on the edge of the table with something that
looked like a pen, and from time to time pointed it towards
me.
I recognized this gadget as a scanning device, such as we
use on Nibiru. It was not held by any of the humans,
because this fiber/scanning device was not known to the
humans’ scientific community until much later, 2006 or
2007. I supposed the Grays kept it to themselves for a
while.
I did my best to ignore the fact that half the people there
were Grays, and proceeded as if I had no idea and was
talking only to humans.
 I had nothing to fear, really, since I could annihilate the
Grays with one thought, and I decided that discretion was
the best approach. The Grays maintained their pretence
throughout it, and I said nothing at all.
Come to think of it, I was used to the treachery of the
Grays, but I have to admit I was a little distressed by the
humans’ duplicity and stupidity.
Did they really think I won’t recognize the Grays?

Holographic pictures that showed them

the entire seq uence of the Roswell crash.
I have explained to them who I was, telling the absolute
truth, and giving my name as Ambar Anati. Naturally they
did not believe me. To help persuade them, I first of all
projected certain images on one of the walls.
These were holographic pictures that showed them the
entire sequence of the Roswell crash, where the Gray was
held, and data pertaining to their research.
They still were not persuaded that I was who I claimed to
be, but the fact that the projections were done without any
equipment made them uneasy and less sure of themselves.
They were at least ready to listen.
I told them quite a lot about the Grays and their agenda.
By now, I said, you must be aware that they do not tell
the truth, that they are not to be trusted.
Business is business, said one of them. They have
given us more than they promised, too, so we have gained
additional knowledge.
It’s not really a big deal if they abduct a few more people.
 First of all, it is not a few people. It’s thousands that are
tortured and killed.
What can we say? answered another. Sometimes harsh
measures cannot be avoided. I did my best to hide my
feelings about such a statement, and went on.
Are you aware of the fact that they are trying to take over
earth?
No, we were not informed about such intent, said
another.
And are you aware of the invisible radio plasmic belt
around earth? They want to isolate earth from the universe.
This belt can expand up or down, and can affect missiles,
rockets, or airplanes, and blow them up. It explains what
has happened to various airplanes in Vietnam, and also to
human spacecrafts and space missions.
We don’t understand what you want us to do, said one
of them.
I want you to trust the Anunnaki. They intend to help you
get rid of the Grays. This is really very simple. Either you go
with the Anunnaki, in which case much can be done, or you
stay with the Grays.
If you choose to stay with the Grays, the Anunnaki will
return and clean up the earth, in a way that you will not like.
They are perfectly capable of annihilating the entire
population if the atrocities do not stop.
Are you threatening us? asked one of them. The rest
stared at me, impassive.
I would not call it a threat, I said. I would call it a fair
warning. Remember, the Anunnaki are stronger than both
humans and Grays.
 They did not have to send me, they could do what they
wanted without warning. But they prefer to save as many
humans as possible.
How do we know how strong the Anunnaki really are?
said one of them. After all, they have been away for so
long. They don’t seem to have much of an interest in us.
Let me show you a small example of what the Anunnaki
can do, I said.
In a blink, I multiplied myself into thirty Victorias; we
arranged ourselves around the table, behind the sitting
people. They jumped off their seats, shocked.
It’s a trick, cried some of them. Grab her!
Please, do grab, I said. Touch all thirty of me, and see
that this is not an idle trick. We can become billions, if we
wish. Hesitantly, they touched some of the multiples. A few
multiples offered to shake hands, which the humans did,
trembling. They could not deny the multiple’s tangible
presence.

I contracted myself into one person again, and sat down.

Please, I said. I have no desire to frighten you. Sit down
and let’s be reasonable.

At the Dulce Base

Truth is, Ms. Anati, said one of them, The Grays are an
immediate threat. They are right here and we cannot control
them. The Anunnaki are far away.
But still, we can see that you wish to help us, and it should
be considered. What would you want us to do?
I want to start by going into some of the more important
places where humans and Grays interact, I said.
I need much data to deliver to the High Council of Nibiru
and receive instructions before I meet the President of the
United States, among others.
I think the best thing to do is to go to Dulce, in New
Mexico. It is the most important joint laboratory of the Grays
and the U.S. Government, said one of them.
The others nodded in agreement. There are bases in
Nevada, Arizona, and Colorado, among others, but Dulce is
the most important.
Very well. Would you assign one of the members to come
with me, act as my escort? I asked.
Yes, Colonel X— will go with you. The colonel rose. He
seemed to be a respectable, middle-aged man. In reality, he
was certainly a Gray. As before, I pretended not to notice.
Would you like me to materialize you there? I asked.
No, I think it’s best if we go in a more traditional way,
said the colonel. We don’t want to startle the people in
Dulce too much. It’s best if they don’t panic. I agreed and
we decided to go the next day, in a military plane.

On the plane, the colonel, who had become reasonably

friendly, gave me some information about Dulce. It’s all
underground, you know he said.
 People know about seven layers, but in truth, there are
nine I am aware of, perhaps more I don’t even know about.
It’s really a very large compound.
Where exactly is it? I asked.
It lies under the Archuleta Mesa on the Jicarilla Apache
Indian Reservation, near the town of Dulce. Very easy to
keep it a secret, the way it is constructed, he said. And
they are very careful about security. You will see.
We finally landed at the small air field. A medium sized
building, guarded and surrounded with a high wire fence,
stood in the desert. We entered a normal room.
I noticed the cameras in the entrance, and a woman in
military uniform looked at some papers Colonel Jones
presented to her, but the security was not impressive.
I realized later that the deeper you went into the
compound, the stricter the security was.
She pressed a button, and a man came to escort us
through a door that led to an escalator.
From then on, it seemed we were descending into Hell.

We were joined by a Gray.

Everything was clean, shiny, and metallic, much like I
remembered from my unpleasant stay with the Hybrids.
No matter where you looked, you saw a security camera.
There were side doors everywhere.
Apparently, many secret exits and entrances existed, and
each was loaded with security features, some seen, some
invisible.
The First L evel:
On the first level we were joined by a Gray. He was polite
and distant, and showed us into various offices without
much comment. The offices were normal, military, and
stark. Maps hung on walls, with many pushpins in various
colors stuck into them.
The individual colors, the Gray explained, showed sites of
high activity of different subjects.
Green, for example, showed sites of heavy spaceship
activities, including those of extraterrestrials that were not
Grays, and were considered enemies by them.
Red were for areas of cattle mutilation and collection of
animal blood. Blue indicated underground activities and
caverns. I do not remember all the other colors and sites,
but the arrangement was quite elaborate.
The offices were monitored constantly by humans, who
wore military-like jumpsuits.
Each carried a gun, quite visibly.
All the uniforms were decorated with the symbol of the
Triangle, much like the Phoenician Da (Delta) symbol.
They had various letters and numbers in each triangle,
supposedly signifying rank, but I never found out if this was
true.
When they saw that we were accompanied by the Gray,
they simply ignored us.
The Second L evel:
The second level was exactly the same, full of offices, but
after the first level, which we reached by the escalator, we
used only elevators.
I was told that the elevators had no cables in them, and
were controlled magnetically, using alien technology.
Magnetism also supplied light, which came from flat,
round objects, and there were no regular light bulbs in sight.

The Third L evel

The third level was devoted to hospital-like environment
used for impregnation of female humans.
I was not allowed into the surgical ward itself, but the
Gray explained that the experimenters removed the fetus,
and placed it for speeded-up growth in an incubator,
creating Hybrids.
In this facility, more than in the one I visited during my
previous time with the hybrids, they tended to experiment
with genetic manipulation during the very early time in the
incubator. The results were quite monstrous sometimes.
Through windows in the walls, I saw cribs, or really a sort
of cages, with some of the results.
Deformed humans were the norm – extra arms and legs,
small or very large heads, and creatures that did not really
look humans. What do you do with these? I asked.
We harvest certain tissues and then kill them, said the
Gray. We learn quite a lot from them about genetics. We
apply them to our own research.
The Fourth L evel:
On level four, there were genetic labs that created half
human/ half animal creatures.
Their shapes, as I saw them sitting in their cages, were so
horrific, that I had to avert my eyes. Some of them had a
reptilian look, some had fur, and others looked like
gargoyles. Do you harvest tissues here too? I asked.
Yes, we combine this research with the materials we get
from the cows. The research is extremely interesting and
useful, said the Gray.

The Fifth, Sixth and Seventh L evels:

The aliens had their living quarters on levels five, six, and
seven. These looked much like military barracks, as we
passed the corridors and peeked into the rooms, but I saw
no reason to enter.
I asked the Gray if it was true that there were additional
levels. This did not seem to faze him at all, and he said, in
perfect English that seemed so unpleasant, coupled with his
scratchy alien voice, that yes, of course there were.

The Eighth L evel:

Apparently, they took advantage of the huge natural
caverns under Dulce, and created additional levels. They
carried even more security there, and the Gray said that if
we wanted to go there, he would have to call two more
Grays to accompany us, and we would need to use an eye
identification system. These details were quickly
accomplished, and we used a side elevator to the eighth
level.
Here they also experimented with manipulation of the
nervous system by various means.
It allowed them to cause disease and even death from a
distance.
I am afraid you cannot enter the place where the
subjects are kept, said the Gray. These subjects are
mostly insane, dangerous, and very susceptible to changes
in the routine. If we enter, we might destroy some of the
experiments.

The Ninth L evel:

Level nine, where we were invited to enter, contained
storage units of fully grown creatures and tissues, in vats, all
of them dead. This included tanks full of embryos in various
stages of development, waiting for use.
The place was kept as clean, as was the rest of the
compound, but the smell of the chemicals was
overwhelming. I simply could not stay there long, and
Colonel Jones, who until that time showed no emotion,
suddenly shape-shifted and appeared in his real, Gray form.
You knew all along, Ms. Anati, he said, his voice turning
scratchy. I never thought we could trick you, and would
have preferred to appear in my true form in the first place,
but my group insisted. It does not signify, I said. Of
course I knew. The other Gray did not pay much attention
to the shape-shifting, being used to such practices.

The Tenth L evel:

Level ten, the most secret of them all, was devoted to
human aura research, and other extra-sensory abilities,
including dreams, hypnosis, etc.
The researchers were able to record dreams on
specialized machines; the dreams were studied as part of
the major advanced study of psychic power and
phenomena.
Once we are more advanced in this research, said the
Gray, we will have total power over other races. Of course,
we mean no harm to humans or to the Anunnaki. We are
merely concerned with the Reptilian races.
I almost laughed. No harm to humans? Was the Gray
trying to be a PR person?
When we finished our tour, we were escorted out of the
complex. The plane was waiting for us outside.
I said nothing about my disgust, horror, and disbelief to
anyone. But I had seen enough, and I knew that this was
just the tip of the iceberg.
Such treaties must have been entered into by more than
just the United States government.
The Grays had reached almost total control over
humanity.

Grays in shape-shifted form.

 After materializing myself back to New York, I knew I
would always be watched, but I also knew how to handle it
and avoid my watchers. I needed time.
First, I spent a few days just digesting what I saw.
I made myself invisible, and left the hotel for hours of
exploration.
I walked the streets, took the subway, rode on buses,
visited museums, stores, offices, hospitals, senior citizens
homes, schools, and more.
Everywhere I went I saw Grays in shape-shifted form.
Obviously, they did not only infiltrate the military, but
spread out much more. They flooded the city.
Some worked in offices, some in restaurants, obviously
doing it as part of their agenda.
They were nurses, teachers, officials, sanitation engineers.
They were probably doing the same in other cities, urban
areas, towns, and even other countries.

The Grays and their slaves, the Hybrids,

have invaded the world.

For me, as I mentioned before, it is easy to recognize a

shape-shifter. I was taught how to do it by the best teachers
on Nibiru. But a human cannot do so very easily. Your doctor
could be one. The nice lady in the department store could
be one. The teacher of your young child could be one.
In addition, I saw many hybrids.
 Vicious, unfeeling, and manipulative, they flocked mostly
into the entertainment industry, the financial world, and the
advertising field. It seemed they liked glamour.
The Grays and their slaves, the Hybrids, had invaded the
world.
After a few days I got to work. Using the same device that
had gotten me the telephone numbers of the NSA members,
I spent my time contacting and negotiating with hundreds of
people from a number of governments on earth.

I also visited other laboratories, bases, and Air Force

fields. Every time I negotiated with them, I encountered the
same road blocks. Every government on earth was in terror
of the Grays.
The Anunnaki were feared, too, and the knowledge that
they would very likely attempt to clean the earth, terrified
the humans, but not enough to get them out of their fearful
paralysis regarding the Grays.
But that was not the worst of it. Unbelievably, many
individuals in power simply did not care. All they wanted
was to keep their power and control, to wage war. They
wanted to make billions and keep it within a tiny group of
the financial elite, while the rest of the world was permitted
to go to the devil.

This was a long mission. For years I went from country to

country, getting in touch with people in power, acquiring
knowledge, collecting data and transferring it, every night,
to Nibiru.
The High Council took it all very calmly, and when I
despaired, reminded me that my services were invaluable
despite the seemingly unachievable goal of converting
humanity.
The only bright points of my day were my evening
conversations with my daughter and my husband, who were
always supportive and loving.
I drudged on and on, until I thought that nothing more
could be achieved. I stayed until late 2007, and then I made
the call and requested permission to go back to Nibiru, and
make my final report.
As always, Marduchk was there for me and I left an earth I
no longer loved. I was going home.

The Anunnaki Council.

I report to the Council about my years of

envoyship, and I view the frightening plans for the
cleansing of the earth before the return of the
Anunnaki and their plans for the complete change
of the earth.

The years of envoyship have taken their toll on me. I was

tired, discouraged, and worse, I began to feel old. It did not
show in my appearance, which was a good thing, but I was
no longer the strong young woman I used to be.
This time, putting the results of my mission before the
High Council, and letting go of the burden and putting it on
stronger shoulders, would be a relief.
I was not at all nervous about meeting the Council. I knew
that I had done all I could, and more than that I could not do
– unless the Council thought that there was more to
accomplish. If they did, I would most certainly obey.

The United States military authorities

would not cooperate.

The whole Council came to the meeting. No one thought

that there was anything more important to do or to attend. I
bowed before them, and started giving my report.
Basically, it was a simple one, signifying that the United
States military authorities, which were the greatest part of
my contacts, would not cooperate.
I presented numerous reports, charts, lists, analyses,
whatever I could do to validate my findings, but in the end,
it boiled down to one thing.

The United States government, and the military in

particular, were more afraid of the Grays than of the
Anunnaki. Officials and military from other countries, such
as England, Russia, and China, with whom I had also spoken,
were no better. The fact that I had promised the officials
that the Anunnaki would return, and would destroy them if
they continued to associate with the Grays, frightened them
a great deal.
But they argued that no matter how you look at it, the
Anunnaki have been away, physically, for thousands of
years. Their contacts and connections with the humans
were not numerous, and they obviously did not care much.
 The Grays have been on earth for these same thousands
of years, and their technology was advanced enough to
annihilate the earth just as much as that of the Anunnaki,
and they were more likely to act violently because their
habitat, their experiments, and that their hopes would be
threatened.
The results were that I could not persuade any
government to disassociate from the Grays, or to trust me.
At the end of my report I bowed, and sat down again, rather
exhausted. All I wanted was to go home, sit under my
favorite tree, have a cat or two lean against me, and wait
for Marduchk to come home and tell me things were not so
bad. But this was not to be.
The Council members deliberated without opening their
Conduit to me, which was fine with me since I felt almost
dissociated from it all. But after a short time, they opened it
for our conversation.
You have done well, Sinhar Ambar Anati, they
communicated telepathically. We now know where we
stand, and we have made our final decision – we will go
back to earth and cleanse it. Humanity is so utterly
contaminated, only drastic measures can apply.
How will you do that? I asked. Cleanse an entire planet?
Just like that? It seemed like a hopeless task, even for the
Anunnaki. Please explain to me, I am not sure I understand
your plan.
Very well, said the Council. But we will need to go back
a little. The point you must understand is, why did the
Anunnaki originally come to earth? You know some of the
reasons, but it wouldn’t hurt to put everything in
perspective for you.
 Yes, please do, I said. My fatigue had faded away
completely, and I was eager to hear the details.
Well, the Anunnaki did more than just come to earth.
They have created it, million of years ago.

At that time, a group of Anunnaki scientists on Nibiru,

including Sinhar Inanna, Sinhar Enki, Sinhar Ninlil, and
others, had decided to extend their experiments in creating
biological, living forms.
To do that, they needed a good plan and permission from
the Council, so they worked it out and requested a meeting.
The Council considered their suggestions, and agreed that
such work would greatly increase Anunnaki knowledge and
therefore would be an excellent idea to pursue.
However, they had one condition. The scientists were
welcome to start working – but their laboratory would have
to be off-planet.

The Council suspected that the introduction of

new life forms, even in the isolated conditions of a
laboratory, might be a threat to everyone already
on Nibiru.
Large and small animals, and particularly people,
even if they were to be created in the image of the
Anunnaki, could not be tolerated to wander freely
on Nibiru.
The Anunnaki needed a planet-sized
laboratory.
The scientists devoted more thought to their project, and
agreed that what they really needed was a planet-sized
laboratory, where the creations could interact in a controlled
environment without the interference of previously existing
life forms.
The solution, to which the Council readily agreed, was to
create a planet specifically for that purpose, at considerable
distance from Nibiru, just in case.
And so the scientists went to the edge of the galaxy, and
caused a star to explode and create a solar system.
The sun, which they named Shemesh (Sol) was
surrounded by a few planets, and after a suitable amount of
time (eons to humans, but nothing to the Anunnaki who can
play with time as they wish) the Anunnaki went there to
decide which planet would be the most appropriate.
For a short time they considered the planet humans call
Mars, which at that time had plenty of water (the most
important ingredient necessary for the laboratory, after
oxygen) but finally settled on choosing Earth.

The Anunnaki fostered the evolutionary

process

They went to earth, started creating life forms,

fostered the evolutionary process, and managed to
accumulate an enormous amount of useful
knowledge, all of which they telepathically
 transferred to Nibiru (Ashtari), where it was much
appreciated. Unfortunately, the knowledge leaked
to the Grays at Zeta Reticuli, and they decided to
use humans, and sometimes cattle also, in their
doomed experiments that were geared to save
their own miserable race. While doing this, they
sadly contaminated the pure genetic material the
Anunnaki scientists so painstakingly created, and
the humans that resulted were no longer suitable
for the study.

That was the reason why the Anunnaki deserted their

research on earth.
But you have never completely deserted humans, I said.
No, not completely. We kept our connection. But the
Grays really dug in, made their bases, lived underwater, and
we had to keep away. And Grays’ DNA have created greed,
violence, and unbelievable cruelty within human nature.
Such characteristics were not part of the original DNA we
used to create the humans. We had intended to create the
humans in our image. Right now, we will assume, based on
your research, that humanity is divided into three groups,
regarding their level of contamination.
Yes, I said, musing. I have noticed the same thing.
There are levels of contamination that make for various
behaviour patterns. Actually, I have a lot of charts about it.
Indeed, said the Council. And excellent charts they are,
and they gave us the structure.
Humanity is divided into three groups,
regarding their level of contamination.
The first group:
The first group is those who exhibit heavy Grays’ DNA
contamination. They include:
Those who torture or support torture by others, for any
purpose whatsoever.
Murderers (unless in self defense, which sometimes
occurs in situations such as domestic abuse by a
contaminated spouse).
Rapists.
Child molesters.
Child abusers.
Senior citizen abusers.
Spouse abusers.
Those who commit violent robberies.
Illicit drug manufacturers, distributors and pushers.
Those who engage in enslaving women, girls and young
boys in prostitution rings.
Criminals who use their form of religion as an excuse for
their heinous crimes; this includes all religious
fanaticsand extremists, such as suicide bombers.
Those who destroy lives by depriving them of ways to
support themselves, for their own greed.
This includes the top echelon of corporate executives,
who have lost any sense of humanity in their treatment
of thousands of people and feel that this is strictly
business .
Elected officials who have sold out for power and greed,
and who are willing to destroy their own countries to
aggrandize themselves.
Elected officials who are willingly participating in
destroying the ecology of the planet because of their
close association with oil corporations, and other forms
 of commercial energy producing countries and their
corrupt rulers.
Any politician, military personnel, or anyone else who is
engaging in trade with the Grays, allowing them to
continue the atrocities in exchange for technical and
military knowledge.
Lawyers and judges who play games at the legal system
for their own gain, sending child molesters, murderers,
and other violent offenders back into society, ready to
prey again on the innocent, all in the name of
reasonable doubt .
Those who destroy lives and reputations by identity
theft .
Those who torment animals.
These include not only people who hurt and mutilate
animals for their own sick pleasure, but also those who
support dog fights, cockfights and bullfights, those who
beat their horses, donkeys, or dogs, those who legally
mutilate cats by removing their claws or hurting their
vocal cords, owners of puppy mills who force female
dogs to reproduce by animal rape, and those who
abandon their animals, or chain them indefinitely,
sometimes allowing them to die by such neglect.
Prostitutes.

Extremely dangerous people, I said. I don’t believe there

is much chance of reforming them.
None whatsoever, said the Council. People who engage
in such practices are doomed, as far as we are concerned.
They are pure evil.

The second group:

Anyway, here comes the second group, people who exhibit
a medium level of Grays’ DNA contamination. These would
include:
People who believe that discipline requires physical
punishment (in children or adults).
Middle echelon executives who only take orders from
their superiors as their corporations are destroying the
economy of their own countries to save their own skin.
Those, who in the name of fashion and beauty, have
hurt countless young girls who have succumbed to
eating disorders, some of whom have actually died,
while the owners and designers made a fortune for
themselves.
Irresponsible parents who allow their children to grow up
with Grays’ values rather than human and Anunnaki
values.
Hunters of animals who kill only for food but do not feel
a joy in killing and do not mutilate or torment the
animals.
Owners of factory farms whose animals are not
deliberately tormented, but live a miserable life.
People who eat any form of meat, since we believe in a
strict vegetarian diet, supplemented by milk and eggs
from animals that are treated humanely, and are
allowed to live out their lives comfortably and die
naturally .

They may have some chance, I suppose I said.

Not much. Still, we hope they will try to work on their
own redemption. We offer no guarantee, of course.

The third group:

Then, there is the third group, people who exhibit light
Grays’ DNA contamination, and they include:
People who are willing to advertise products that may
be harmful, for gain.
People who are willing to import products that may be
harmful, for gain.
People who object to social reform that may help the
greater number of others, such as health care or better
equalization of income, for gain.
People who are engaged in the fur trade.
People who are willing to influence others through
brainwash-style advertising, such as the cosmetic
industry, for gain.
Racists, sexists, and ageists, who are willing to allow
their prejudices to influence their behaviour to others.
People who are willing to spend millions of dollars on
frivolous pursuits, such as diamond studded collars for
dogs, who don’t really care about anything but love and
food, or $200,000 cakes for a party, while millions
around them are starving.
People actively engaged in aggressive corporate
takeovers, thus destroying the livelihoods of many.
Anyone deliberately sending a computer virus for fun
and games and thus destroying other people’s
livelihood and property.

A cataclysmic event.
The Anunnaki’s Bubble.
I assume, I said, that this is just a partial list. I can
understand that. But what are your plans? What will you do
with the people? With the animals?
 “We will plan a cataclysmic event, the likes of which can
hardly be imagined by humans. As we told you, we have
done it before, many times.
Other races have destroyed some of our experiments, and
sometimes only a drastic cleansing would help. We will show
you one soon, a cleansing that happened a few hundred
years ago on a humanoid civilization much like the humans,
but first, let us explain what will happen.
We will bring a bubble of a special substance, resembling
anti-matter, but is not destructive, and cause it to touch the
earth’s atmosphere.
The bubble will be exactly the same size of planet Earth.
As soon as the two globes touch, all the humans that have
been lucky enough not to be contaminated by Grays’ DNA,
and all the animals, plants, and those inanimate material
which the Anunnaki wish to preserve (such as beautiful and
historic monuments, art-filled museums, and great libraries,
in addition to the homes of those saved) will be stripped
from earth and absorbed into the bubble.
The fish, and other animals who need water, will be taken
to an artificial ocean within the bubble. The birds will have
plenty of places to perch on.
Nothing will be hurt or damaged – the humans and
animals will feel nothing – they will be secure and
comfortable within the bubble.
It is unlikely that they will even retain a clear memory of
the event, because we would not wish them to be
traumatized.
Then, the earth will be cleansed of all the pollution. For
lack of a better description, try to imagine a huge vacuum
cleaner removing all the landfills, eliminating all plastics, all
the dirt, all the smog from the air, and all the filth from the
ocean.
In a few short minutes, the earth will be sparkling clean, a
pristine planet, the way it was when we had first created it.
Disposing of the garbage involves very high technology
which humans simply do not as yet understand. The
beautiful clean planet will be ready to be repopulated, and
in an instant, the humans, animals, plants, and inanimate
objects that were saved in the bubble, would be returned to
earth.

Anunnaki guides will be there for the

humans.
Anunnaki guides will be there for the humans, who would
naturally need quite a bit of help to adjust to the new life.
But those are only the uncontaminated ones, I said.
What about the others? How will they meet their fate?
Those who were heavily contaminated, and who were
engaged in cruelty, greed, and violence for their own gain,
will have no chance at all. They will simply be destroyed,
and there is no need to even think about them any further.
What is left are those who are of medium-level
contamination, and the lighter level.
These groups will receive a warning to mend their lives,
now, fourteen years before the event of 2022. When the
event occurs, some of the people of light level
contamination would have completely cleansed themselves
through their efforts, and therefore would have been
transferred, as clean beings, into the bubble. Others would
have remained lightly contaminated.
 Those of medium level contamination, who obviously
require more work, would be divided into those who had
succeeded in the cleansing, and had brought themselves
into a light level contamination.
Those who remain at medium level, who did not do the
work of cleansing properly, will be destroyed with the
heavily contaminated ones.
All that will remain now would be the group of light
contamination level, and if they wish to save themselves,
they must go through Ba’abs, or Star Gates, into other
dimensions, so that they could be evaluated by the
Anunnaki.
If they can be cleansed, they go back to earth.
If not, they will live out their lives in another dimension,
where conditions are much like our own earth before the
cleansing. They will lead a normal life, but will not be able to
reproduce, so eventually they will die out.
As for those who would succeed passing through the
Ba’abs, the procedure is extremely difficult.

Ba’abs (Star Gates) exist everywhere.

Ba’abs (Star Gates) exist everywhere. They are

huge, magnificent Ba’abs that are used regularly
by the Anunnaki to cross from one dimension to
another. But there are also small ones, located in
the street, in a tree, in an apartment building, in
private homes, you name it.
 They will become visible when the bubble
touches with the earth, and those who were not
taken into the bubble, or were not destroyed, must
find their way into a Ba’ab. All Ba’abs look the
same – they are a circle of shifting light of rainbow
colors, very clearly defined.
People wishing to enter a Ba’ab must hurl
themselves against it, and it will open and absorb
any number of travelers.
As soon as you enter the Ba’ab, you are already
in another dimension.

It is extremely frightening, a deep blackness illuminated

by explosions, thunderbolts, and streaking comets. There is
a very high level of a stormy, whoosh-like sound – the noise
can be deafening – and the traveler is swept with violent
speed forward, unable to resist or help the move, and
constantly twirled and twisted in one direction, and then the
other.
The traveler will feel dizzy, disoriented, and scared, and
this lasts for an indefinite period of time. When this part is
over, the traveler is thrown by a huge gust of wind into a
tunnel, which is so brightly lit by blinding orange, yellow,
and white light, that it is impossible to keep one’s eyes open
for more than a few seconds at a time.
The traveler hears horrible shrieks, screams, and howling
of wind, and when the eyes are open, he or she sees bizarre
faces, weird creatures, and unknown vehicles which always
seem almost on the verge of colliding with the traveler, but
somehow never do. After a while, the traveler is thrown out
of the tunnel onto solid ground, which may be quite painful
but not permanently harmful. The light becomes normal and
the sounds stop.”
 Does that mean they have arrived safely?
Yes, at that point, the travelers have reached their
destination. It looks much like earth, but it is devoid of
people or animals, and plants and houses look very dim, as
if the travelers found themselves in virtual reality.
Then, the traveler begins to see people materialize
against the cardboard-like background.
This takes time, the images of people float as if from thin
air, but then, all of a sudden, reality shifts and the travelers
find themselves in a real world.

Animals, incidentally, will never materialize. All of them

have been returned to earth, to their proper places, as
mentioned before. They are not needed here, since no
animal labor or the eating of animals is permitted by the
Anunnaki, who abhor such practices.
From then on, the travelers will eat only a vegetarian diet.
In this dimension, the travelers will meet a few Anunnaki,
who will direct them to their evaluation and possible
cleansing.
Only those who make it would be returned to earth. Those
who cannot be cleansed will be sent, through a Ba’ab, to the
dimension we have mentioned before, where they will live
out their lives, but will not be able reproduce.

The Anunnaki do not wish to kill them, since they are not
inherently evil like the heavily contaminated ones. But they
cannot let them reproduce the bad DNA; the Anunnaki do
not indulge in sentimental pity, and are fully aware that any
form of evil should not be allowed to exist.
 The treatment of the humans is extreme, I said calmly,
but not unjust. They have brought it upon themselves since
they would not listen to the warning.
Well said, Sinhar Ambar Anati, said the Council. Spoken
like a true Anunnaki.
You said you would show me how this is done, I said. I
do wonder how the earth would be cleansed.
Yes, said the Council. Look at the Miraya. Naturally,
there was a huge Miraya on one of the walls, and I waited
while the Council made preparations for the visions to
appear.
It will be emotionally harrowing to watch that, Sinhar
Ambar Anati, said one of the Council. Are you sure you
want to see it?
Yes, I said. I think I should. Perhaps there is still
something I can do.
I think there is, said the Council, and at this point a
small light appeared in the Miraya. The light grew, and I
suddenly saw a bubble, looking much like a simple soap
bubble, on the screen.
It started to travel, and in a very short time I saw it
approach the unmistakable shape and color of earth. The
two globes touched, and I saw streams of light emanating
from the earth and disappearing into the bubble.
In these streams of light, all the clean people, all the
animals, and all the inanimate objects we have chosen are
transferred to the bubble for safe keeping, said the Council.
Also, the Ba’abs are opening for those who might try to
escape into them. We will now zoom in closer and show you
the cleansing itself.
The Miraya showed a growing image, and after a few
minutes I saw a terrain which I did not recognize, but it
seemed earth-like.
The people were ape-like humanoids, but obviously they
bore a very close resemblance to humanity. They even wore
similar clothes.

The area looked devastated – after all, the houses the

people had lived in, any animal they may have had, all the
plants, and many buildings, had already disappeared into
the bubble.
So the environment was totally alien and frightening to
these people. They looked disoriented, staring at the sky,
running around, searching for missing people. The whole
scene was of one of terrible confusion.
The sun seemed to undergo an eclipse, but it was not a
natural one. A massive ceiling of metal shapes of
machinery, gadgets, wheels, and shifting lights covered the
sky.
They were ominously silent, as if waiting. I imagined that
looking at them from below was immensely frightening.

The people seemed to have lost their minds, they were

running around in circles, some stampeded and trampled
each other. I saw people running into churches and heard
the bells toll.
Naturally, religious leaders would not be saved, or go
through the Ba’abs, but still tried to call their congregations
in, hoping for some miracle.

Everywhere I saw Ba’abs, those colorful circles, and

people smashing themselves into them in an attempt to
escape.
 Some went through.
Others were thrown back. The Ba’abs could determine the
level of contamination and only allow the righteous ones to
pass through, hurling the others back at some distance.
Total chaos, I said.
It’s even worse than you can imagine, said the Council.
In various cities, people tried to reach their governments,
without much success.
The only officials that have stayed at their posts, issued
orders to avoid any interference with the extraterrestrials,
since it would make everything even more dangerous and
no one on the planet we are showing you had the
technology to match.
The officials’ orders were ignored, particularly by those in
rural areas, who were used to self sufficiency. These people
confronted the Anunnaki, started shooting at them with
their guns.
As in other areas, which of course had many good people
living in them, only the violent ones have remained, since
the others have already escaped.
Acting stupidly, they annoyed the Anunnaki with their
inept shooting until the Anunnaki decided to paralyze them
with special beams of light, for a limited time.

The final stage.

 When the beams effects wore off, some resumed their
doomed attempts to fight, and at this point the Anunnaki
started the final stage.
Let me see the final stage, I said.
From the bottom of the spaceships, a special substance
was diffused, and it landed in huge, swirling streams. It was
a black liquid, mixed with light and electricity, and some
strange sparkling particles, which I was sure was a form of
energy or radiation.
It smells like fire and brimstone, but strangely, it is cold
to the touch. Yet, it burns everything that touches it. This is
a tool of annihilation, a tool that no one can fight, said the
Council. I looked on, without comment.
The substance slithered inexorably over the ground, the
buildings, and the stranded cars like icy cold lava waves. It
swept away many people, killing them instantly.
Once it covered a large area, it began to coagulate, and as
it did so, it expanded and rose up, foot by foot, until it
reached the height of an eight storied building. Slowly, it
seemed to harden, solidifying itself into steel-like state.
Huge stacks of smoke rose up into the sky, cars melted,
buildings collapsed, and fires started everywhere, seemingly
not only by the touch of the substance, but spontaneously,
when the wind carries the particles of energy into
flammable materials. The combination of images and
sounds was that of chaos, pain, confusion, and death.
I imagined that the fire and brimstone smell had now
mixed with that of burning flesh and of melting metal,
plastic and rubber.
Then, all of a sudden, the substance stopped growing, and
assumed the appearance of craggy mountains, with sharp
edges and canyons. A very few who had survived, but had
nowhere to go to, now tried to climb on the substance, since
the earth itself was buried in it. This was futile, since the
substance was too slippery for the climb. They started to fall
and slip, and were instantly killed.
These conditions will continue over the entire world for
two days; no one will be left alive on the scorched earth,
said the Council. I remained silent. Let us move the scene
into the fourth day, said the Council. You see, at that
point, which must have been the third day, all the
spaceships left, and in twenty-four hours, the substance and
all it consumed turned to dust. The earth became ready for
the vast cleansing.
Other spaceships appear on the screen, of completely
different appearance. The new ones were not be circular like
the others, but crescent shaped, and of pleasant colors,
nothing frightening about them.
They activated the huge vacuum system, and an
enormous cloud of black dust came up in swirling, filthy
streams. It did not take long; in a few minutes the whole
cloud was sucked into the machines, and the earth was
ready for new life.

With so much death and destruction, a small part of me

wanted to pray for the souls of the ones who were killed.
Something in my head wanted to turn to God. Then I
laughed. If our kind of paternal God had existed, He would
have not allowed humans to be so cruel, so horrible, as to
cause a need for such a massive cleansing.

I was beginning to grasp the nature of All-That-Is, the

concept of a creative God that encompassed everything and
learned from it voraciously. He, she or it would not have
mercy on our souls. I bowed my head, and then raised it and
looked at the Council.
I see the need, I said. I would like to request one more
trip, one more attempt to convince the officials about this
cleansing, let them warn the earth. If I fail, my blessing goes
with your cleansing. The evil must be removed.
We are proud of you, Sinhar Ambar Anati, said Sinhar
Inannaschamra verbally. High Council, I have told you that,
years ago. She is a true Anunnaki.
Indeed she is, Sinhar Inannaschamra. Indeed she is, and
she has our permission to go for the final attempt, said the
Council. We shall have a plan soon. Then they bowed and
left.
As usual, Sinhar Inannaschamra stayed with me, and we
walked home together.
So the earth will be cleansed, I said. The contaminated
DNA will be removed. So far, so good. But what is going to
happen afterwards? I imagine the world will be considerably
changed.
You won’t recognize be able to it, said Sinhar
Inannaschamra. It will be vastly improved, believe me. The
first thing to disappear is the root of all evil – money.
Really? Money will no longer exist?
Think about it, Victoria. Would the Anunnaki support any
of humanity’s greed-infested systems? The most profound
change will be the abolition of money and every system that
is attached to money.
People will work in their chosen professions, or a new
profession that they will adopt, and produce or serve as
usual.
But how will they survive?
 How will they get food, lodging and clothes? In other
words, if they don’t have money, how will they be paid?
They will not be paid, but they will have everything that
they need, just like we do on Nibiru. Everyone will have a
comfortable home, designed to his or her taste.
Good food for them and for their pets, beautiful clothes,
nice jewelry, cosmetics, diapers for babies, toys, hobby
supplies, etc. will always be available in huge cooperatives
that will look like excellent supermarkets, open day and
night so that no one will ever lack for anything.
What everyone considers luxury items will also be
available – the Anunnaki have no desire to have humans live
in austerity.
Humans will always have books, TV, radio, home movies,
classic films etc. They can go to the theater, the ballet, the
symphony orchestra, chamber music performances, movie
theaters and always for free. The only thing the Anunnaki
will deprive humans of is excess.
There will be no need for hoarding, since everything will
always be available, and no one will be able to be richer
than their neighbors. Equality will be established, and
appreciated by those who are not contaminated by the
greed and meanness of the Grays.
So what about places like Fort Knox?
No need for such places anymore. Ford Knox is going to
be destroyed, and the gold used for ornamental purposes.
That is the only reason people will value gold now – its
beauty. A good artist can create some pretty good pieces
from such a lovely substance, which will be widely available
after the great change.
The same will happen, incidentally, with diamonds, and
other gems. Their intrinsic value will disappear, so jewelry
will only be appreciated for its intricate and elegant design,
not for how many carats a stone weighs.
Because of that, there will be no need for the IRS, the
Social Security system, and other such organizations. The
elimination of the money system will cause many
professions to disappear, such as accountants, bankers, tax
preparers, security guards, and IRS employees.
Any other changes?
Of course. Money will not be the only ‘victim.’
In a society that consists of good people, people who have
no need or desire to commit any crime whatsoever, there
will be no need for the legal system. All organizations
pertaining to the law and law enforcement will disappear,
including the Supreme Court. And of course, there will be no
prisons. This will eliminate many professions as well, such
as lawyers, judges, court clerks, prison officials, police
officers and guards.
You know, Sinhar Inannaschamra, this sounds like a
lovely place to live in.
Built in the image of Nibiru, of course. All governments
will be abolished. No elected officials, no presidents, no
kings. People who are good do not need anyone telling them
how to live, they do it instinctively. This will eliminate
thousands of positions, such as presidents, kings, governors,
mayors, all government employees, social workers, and
child protection agencies.
And don’t forget that since the Anunnaki technology is
going to keep humans healthy, there will be no need for
hospitals or clinics, other than those devoted to childbirth,
and much of the work there will be done without the need
for people. In addition, there will not be any incidents of
insanity or mania or depression.
 This will eliminate the positions of most doctors and
nurses, and of additional employees such as hospital
administration, hospital billing, psychiatrists, psychologists,
and hospital janitors, to name a few.
So no one will be sick, what a world, I said. I can
imagine that humans will no longer have the need for cars
and airplanes, right?
Indeed. There will be advanced technology that will allow
for much more efficient forms of transportation and the use
of clean and efficient energy, and in the process, we will
eliminate the need for any fossil fuels.
This will remove more professions from the list, such as
gas stations, agencies supplying us with electricity and gas,
car manufacturers, airplane manufacturers, and highway
builders.
It will be hard to adjust to such living.
I am not sure about that. Remember, the only people
remaining are not contaminated.
They don’t need or want wealth, really preferring to be
happy, creative, comfortable and spiritually fulfilled. There
will be even more changes. Some miscellaneous professions
will not remain, since they will no longer be appreciated or
needed.
For example, the fashion industry, with its cruel attempts
to make women into slaves of someone else’s ideas of
beauty, will entirely disappear.
Beautiful clothing will be created by individual designers
or by anyone who likes to indulge in it as a creative hobby.
Advertising, of course, will vanish as well.
So no one will need runway models, beauty contest
organizers, manicurists, cosmetologists, or advertising
commercials actors and voice over artists.
 So what will happen to the clean people who worked in
these professions? I asked, envisioning a mass of
unemployed, confused people.
Nothing to be alarmed about. Those who will lose their
professions will be trained for another profession, always
entirely of their own choice, that will give them pleasure and
pride to pursue. Even those who have not lost their
profession, but who feel the need for a change, will be
encouraged to pursue a career change. As a matter of fact,
since the life expectancy of each and every person will be
greatly increased, it is expected that many people will have
numerous career changes as time goes by.

Life-long study is always encouraged by the Anunnaki,

who consider the acquisition of knowledge the most
enjoyable thing a person can do.
From what you say, many professions that are very well
respected today, mostly because they are highly paid, will
disappear. I wonder if such individuals will be able to
adjust.
They usually do. Remember, many professions will
change in the way they are perceived.
For example, the teaching profession, for both children
and adults, will become the most highly respected
profession in the world. Librarians will be very highly
regarded.
Gardeners will be of great importance. Historians and
writers will be greatly valued.
But of course, in a world that judges a person by what he
or she is, not by how much money is accumulated, every
profession will be appreciated for its usefulness to the entire
community. So I think the great majority of people will be
pleased with our changes.
Only the survivors…
True, said Sinhar Inannaschamra casually.
The population will be greatly decreased, of course. We
entered my home in silence, and I materialized some coffee
and fruit for us in a dream state.

I found it hard to believe that I, of all people, had

contributed one of the major reasons to the end of the world
as we know it. I always used to think it would be
accomplished by fanatics or by governments that supported
nuclear explosions. Well, one lives and learns.

The Final Clash.

How I went to earth to make one final attempt to

convince the humans to give up their affiliations
with the Grays. How the humans tried to betray my
trust, and the explosive results that would bring
not only extreme danger to myself, but the return
of the Anunnaki in 2022.

One last time, I said to myself. This is their only chance. If

they agreed to accept the final option to change their ways,
good. If not, I would not stand in the way of the Council’s
plan of cleansing the earth. It would hurt me a great deal to
think of the billions that were about to die. But there would
be no more opposition on my part. I would obey the Council,
no matter how badly I would feel.
With the weariness of an act that was performed hundreds
of times over in the past seventeen years, I contacted the
highest level military personnel at an important air base
which I will call North X, since of course, I cannot reveal it’s
real name. As always, they had no choice but to meet with
me.
At this time, anyway, after all these years of negotiations
with everyone, including some presidents of the United
States and Europe, I was pretty well known – and highly
disliked. Perhaps I was even a little feared.
The individual I spoke to was very agreeable, and
proceeded to arrange the details for the meeting with me.
By the way, I said, after all was decided upon. If a single
shape-shifting Gray will be at the meeting, I will leave
immediately. And believe me, I always recognize a shape-
shifter. You see, this is the last meeting I plan to have with
any human, and the presence of a Gray will defeat the
purpose of it.
There will be no Grays at the meeting, Ms. Anati, said
my contact. I can promise you that.
My colleagues and I have already discussed the issue
before you and I came to arrange the meeting. They feel the
same way as you do. Well, that was a good sign, I thought.
We shall see.
Arriving at the air base, I was immediately taken to a
small, ordinary conference room. A few people rose from
their seats at the conference table as I came in.
There were two generals in military uniform, one a retired
admiral, who worked for the NSA as a consultant, and was a
co-proprietor of a major civilian jet propulsion company, a
colonel who had worked as test pilot for the Mcdonnell
Douglas and Boeing companies, and a person that I guessed
represented the White House.
As always, they were extremely polite, and indeed, none
of them was a Gray. Perhaps by that time, they finally
believed that I could recognize a shape-shifter, or perhaps
they had their own agenda. I think, in light of what took
place later, that the second option was the correct one.
They wanted to hide the meeting from the Grays.
We sat around the table, and they turned to me, ready to
hear my offer. They thought that I still was ready to
negotiate. Of course, the time for negotiations was over, but
they did not realize that.
“Allow me to summarize the current situation for you,
gentlemen, I said. “Whether you take action now or later,
you will be facing an extraterrestrial threat. The threat you
have now, comes from the Grays who are controlling your
science and space program, and are dominating a major
part of the earth.
The Grays know that you have tried, for many years, to
find a weapon system to counter attack them. And they
know very well that you have started this program when
President Reagan took office. They also know that you failed
to develop such a weapon system on your own.
That means that you are defenseless. You know it, and
they are aware of it. This is why you allow the Grays to go
on with the atrocities and the abductions of human beings.
It makes you feel safer around them. However, what you
don’t understand is that the Grays will not be satisfied by
only kidnapping people and going on with their abominable
experiments.
All their experiments are aimed at saving their own
doomed race, which is slowly dying from an epidemic of
Progeria which they cannot control. By and large, they have
failed. So now they want permanent visible bases on the
surface of the earth, and much bigger scope for further
experiments on a larger scale.
They have never mentioned this plan to us, said the
White House representative.
Of course not. This is top secret. They know you will feel
like cornered rats and fight back.
So what will happen when they take over? asked the
Admiral.
They will kill many humans. The rest will be put in
concentration camps, to be available for use whenever
needed. In other words, you will be taken over, and this, to
all intents and purposes, will be the end of the human race.
I see, answered the Admiral, in a low voice. He was
clearly thoughtful.
What is the later threat you have mentioned? asked one
of the generals.
It will come from the Anunnaki. You don’t feel it now, not
quite yet, but it is just as real. However, it is very different
from the threat of the Grays.

The Anunnaki are not interested in establishing any bases

on the surface of the earth or in the oceans, nor do they
wish to experiment on you.
They want, quite simply, the complete destruction of your
military systems, submarines, aircraft carriers, and spy
satellites. They will throw an electro-plasmic shield over the
earth, which will prevent airplanes from taking off.

This will apply to every airplane, no matter how big or

small, military, commercial, or private. Gravity will become
twelve hundred times stronger than it is now, preventing
everything on earth from moving, including human beings.
Then, a kind of artificial lava will finish off the biosystem
of the earth. You will not be able to fight it, for the simple
reason that you do not know what it is made off.
In addition, the Anunnaki will bring on huge tsunamis.
However, the worst part will be the issue of magnetism.
Positive and negative magnetism will be distorted, and this
will alter the laws of physics on earth.
This scenario may sound like science fiction, but you know
better than that. It will start around the end of 2021. You will
suddenly be confronted by confusion, when all clocks and
watches will stop, and ships at sea will collide with each
other without knowing the reason, among other results of
the changed polar magnetism.
We would consider severing all relations with the Grays,
said the representative of the White House. That is, on one
condition.
I don’t think the Anunnaki will be willing to negotiate
conditions, I said, but do tell me anyway. Perhaps
something can be done.
If the Anunnaki will send an official military delegation
from Nibiru right away, bringing with them scientists to
develop a system like the plasmic belt and the Star Wars
program, and guarantee to us that the United States can
have complete military control over the earth, we will be
willing to cooperate with them. Also, we want a system that
will allow us to cause major ecological catastrophes to North
Korea, Iran, China, Afghanistan, and parts of Russia. Of
course it should look like a natural catastrophe, not anything
man-made, said the White House representative.
The Anunnaki will not give you any such programs, I
said resolutely. It is not at all within their plans.
 So you are refusing to protect us! If you don’t protect us,
why should we break our agreement with the Grays? After
all, how do we know you are really coming back, or even if
you are telling the truth about the Grays’ plans? And quite
frankly, why such a sudden interest in human affairs on the
part of the Anunnaki, and in Americans in particular?
Nonsense, I said. They are not particularly interested in
the Americans, you are not more important than anyone
else on earth. The only reason for contacting you in
particular is the fact that the Grays have their bases in
America.
All the star gates, the genetic laboratory facilities and
installations are either underground in America or in the
American military bases. In short, the Grays are
contaminating human DNA from right here.
I could see that they believed me. But they were still
naïve enough to believe that the Grays will eventually help
them develop the Star Weapon system they have promised
but failed to deliver. The Americans still wanted to buy some
time, and they were not really sure how to do that. I could
feel their confusion.
Ms. Anati, said the Admiral. We would like a little time
to confer before giving you our final answer. If you don’t
mind, allow me to escort you to one of our private guest
lounges. They are quite comfortable, I’ll arrange for coffee
and some refreshments, and we will come back for you in an
hour to finalize our plan. Would that be all right?

It would have been just fine, had this been the real plan.
Very natural and appropriate. But my Conduit was open all
along, and I read their thoughts freely.
I knew what they meant to do to me, and it did not include
coffee or refreshments, nor did it take place in a guest
lounge. But I decided to play their game, and went quietly
with the Admiral, who chatted pleasantly while escorting me
to an elevator.
The ride on the elevator was long. Very long. We went
down, obviously into some underground facility. I said
nothing about it and pretended all was well. Eventually, the
elevator stopped, the door opened, and at the door, three or
four soldiers waited for me.
I was grabbed unceremoniously, while the Admiral went
back into the elevator, not even giving me a glance. I was
shoved into a cell, they locked the door behind me, and I
was left alone in their underground prison.
As I said, I knew this was coming, but having my
resources, I had no reason to fear these people. I could, of
course, dematerialize myself and get out any time I wanted.
So I sat on the narrow bed, directed my Conduit, and
listened to their conversation.
I must admit that I experienced a slight feeling of
claustrophobia. I have come so close to being an
extraterrestrial that it was inevitable.
But I repressed it, reminded myself that I could leave any
time I wanted, and listened carefully to the conversation in
the conference room.
It won’t take long, they are all terribly claustrophobic,
said the Admiral. Her energy will drain away, like a battery,
very soon.
Will she die? asked the White House representative
anxiously. I am not sure this is a good strategy, we may be
held accountable for any issues that may arise from her
arrest.
She won’t die so quickly. She will go insane first, said
the Admiral.
 Well, so what do we do now? asked the retired pilot.
We have all sort of options, but what is clear to me is that
we must confuse the Anunnaki and get them off our trail,
said one of the generals.
But she may contact the Anunnaki first, said the other
general.
This will be a good thing, said the Admiral. At the same
time she contacts them, we will send signals that will
confuse them. They won’t be able to decide where to go to
get her. In the meantime, she will go mad.
Are you sure they drain away like the Grays? asked the
first general.
Oh, yes, they are all the same, these filthy aliens, said
the Admiral. Let her rot here, and we will have the
Anunnaki and the Grays so confused, they will fight each
other, and that will take care of all our problems.
At this moment, something happened in my own mind. I
realized that I no longer wanted to save these people. They
were pure evil, and the Anunnaki do not tolerate evil.

I felt, to my own amazement, that I no longer cared about

how many contaminated humans would die in the cleansing.
I knew the Anunnaki will save the clean ones. Let the others
go. I grinned.
Yes, I had finally started thinking like a full Anunnaki.
What’s more, I felt that I was quite capable of killing them
myself.
I remembered how shocked I was when my dear, kind,
loving husband Marduchk had killed without batting an
eyelash. I was even more shocked when my beloved sister-
in-law told me that she had killed too, on various missions
she had undertaken. Now I understood.
I was not angry with these treacherous creatures. A cold,
determined feeling went through my mind instead. It was all
so simple. They were evil, and so they had to die.
Calmly, I created a plasmic shield around me. Nothing in
the known universe could penetrate it. Wearing it, I could
pass through an exploding star and survive.
Then, I made some calculations, figuring out how much
energy was needed to blow up the entire base, killing
everyone inside it in an instant. The plasmic shield was
invisible and I could hear perfectly well through it until I
chose to switch the audio off.
I materialized myself back into the conference room. The
look on their faces when they saw me was so priceless, I
had to laugh.
Well, gentlemen, I said quite politely, this is the end. I
could have exploded the air base from anywhere on the face
of the earth, but I wanted to give you the news myself.
They must have communicated quickly with some of the
personnel, because about fifteen soldiers, well-armed with
all sorts of paraphernalia, burst into the room and rushed to
grab me.
The plasmic shield made them fly backwards, and some
hit the wall. One or two fainted from the blow.
I would not bother, if I were you, gentlemen, I said.
Believe me, there is absolutely nothing you can do. Well,
it’s time to blow up the air base, so good bye.
Please, Ms. Anati, we will do what the Anunnaki ask us!
cried the White House representative. Yes, yes, tell the
Anunnaki we have no conditions! We will obey them
implicitly! said the Admiral. The others just stood there,
terrorized.
A few years ago, perhaps I would have taken pity on
them. I would have thought of their wives, their children and
pets… by now I knew this was stupid sentimentality that
made me less than an Anunnaki. That was over now.
Too late, gentlemen, I said. Good bye. I turned down
the audio, and activated the explosion.
It looked like a nuclear bomb. It sounded like one, even
through the plasmic shield. And it worked like one, too.
Nothing was left of building; I was now standing alone in a
huge, black, gaping hole in the ground.
From other buildings, people came out, screaming,
running wildly. I ignored them, nodded with satisfaction at
the cleanliness of the job, turned away, and proceeded to
materialize myself in another continent.
I did not want CIA agents hunting and bothering me like
flies and gnats. Of course, I could kill them. But what is the
point of doing the Anunnaki cleansing job for them all by
myself?
Well, it was time to leave earth. If I ever came back to it,
after it was cleansed, I would no longer be the same
woman. I have changed, and my place now was on Nibiru.
However, I could not just call on Marduchk and ask him to
pick me up as usual. Ahead of me was another task, the
most important task of all.
This task would be dangerous, tremendously risky, but
unavoidable, and I would have to do it alone. Somehow or
other, I would have to leave everything of me that was
human right here on earth. Only then would I be able to
place my mind into the clean, perfect Anunnaki body that
was prepared for me some years ago. I would have to do
that with no traces of humanity, or of any possible
contamination.
And for that, I would have to shed my old body like the
skin of a snake, leave it on earth, and go home not in a
space ship, but rather, send my mind through a
multidimensional Ba’ab. Which meant, in human terms, that
I would simply have to die.”
Coding and Decoding the
Significance of the Year
2022

2022 is the year when the Anunnaki plan to come

back to earth and cleanse it from the Grays’
contamination. This year has great significance if it
is coded in Hebrew.
There are two ways of interpretation.

First Interpretation of the Code

Take the number 2022 and translate it into the Hebrew
alphabet. Remember that Hebrew is read from right to left,
and follow the numbers in that sequence. This gives you the
word: 2022=
2 is , the second letter of the Hebrew alpha-bet.
The 0 becomes ‫ א‬because:
0 = The Infinite = God = The One. The ‫ א‬is the first letter in
the Hebrew Alphabet, namely, The One.
The word reads, phonetically, bb’ab, and it means ba-Ba’ab:
In the Ba’ab.

Ba’ab means: Stargate of the Anunnaki.

From this stargate the Anunnaki spaceships enter and exit
galaxies, skies, multiple universes, parallel dimensions and
outer space.
Also from this Ba’ab, a person exits our physical world to
enter the dimension (Universe) of extraterrestrials.

Interpretation and meaning: Once you enter the year

2022, you will automatically enter the Ba’ab of Liberation –
but only if you are not contaminated, or if, starting right
now, you attempt to cleanse yourself.

Second Interpretation of the Code

Add the numbers that appear in the year 2022.
2+ 0+ 2+ 2= 6
According to the Ulema and the Book of Rama-Dosh , the
number 6 means: Liberation.

Interpretation and meaning:

The liberation from the contamination and control of the
Grays.

Characteristics of the number 6

6 is a perfect number, also a Triangular number. It is the
geometrical value of the word Space in Anak’h, the
Anunnaki language, and Spirit in the Phoenician language.
In the Greek oracles it is Delta .
This geometrical form and its numerical value is also the
Logo of the Anunnaki, because it represents the triangle.
And inverted the triangle was shown on the uniforms of the
American military personnel and scientists who work on the
Black Projects and alien reverse engineering at secret
bases, and genetic laboratories in the United States.
Many insiders and top echelon military men reported that
they have seen the Triangle / Delta sign on several
crashed UFOs stored in secret military bases.

The number 6, Carbon and the Creation of

Mankind
Worth mentioning here is that the chemical element carbon
has an atomic number of 6. In the Book of Rama-Dosh , the
word Carbon was used to represent the source of life and
was the first element used by the Anunnaki to genetically
create the early human race. Everything is connected.
The Ulema who are the custodians of the Anunnaki Book of
Rama-Dosh explain that the number 6 is the secret code
of the year 2022. It is a vital number because it represents
the 6 known directions known to mankind: directions: north,
south, east, west, up and down.
In 2022, two more directions or dimensions will be added.
And the human race in 2022, will understand the nature of
these 2 additional dimensions which are not very far from
the physical fourth dimension we live in.
The fifth dimension could be considered as a spatial
trampoline, and the sixth dimension is the destination or
rendezvous of the human race with the Anunnaki.

The number 6 is one of the six major

extraterrestrial hot spots on Earth
 6 as a pentagonal pyramidal number is explained in the
Anunnaki’s manuscript as one of the six major
extraterrestrial hot spots on Earth. 6 is the Anti-Ba’ab.
The other five are: Baalbeck, Arwad, Tyre, Nippur, and Malta.
Does this predict or hint to the landing areas of the
Anunnaki when they return to earth in 2022?
Some psychics think so. It is an entertaining idea, but an
unlikely scenario.
The sixth letter in the Phoenician Alphabet is Waw . Once
the corners of the letter Waw are joined in a stroke of a
pen, it becomes a perfect triangle.
This was the Unification numerical code for the Anunnaki
and early Phoenicians of Baalbeck and Tyre.
The Ulema (Seers, Sages and Men of Knowledge in Arabic)
also used the Anunnaki-Phoenician letter Waw in their
Arabic dialect. It is pronounced in the same way, and means
exactly the very same thing: With or With others . In
Phoenician, Waw means hook.
Statue of a Phoenician goddess found in Malta.
Ruins of ancient Malta, which is one of the six major
extraterrestrial hot spots on Earth.
 The ancient walls of Malta.

Ruins of Baalbeck, one of the earliest Anunnaki’s

cities/colonies on Earth.
The Trilithon of Baalbeck, part of the early space centers of
the Anunnaki in the Near East.

Another view of the legendary Trilithon of Baalbeck.

 Tomb of Hiram, King of Tyre, founder of the first
Freemasonry Rite in the world, and an offspring of the
remnants of the Anunnaki in the Near East.
 Ruins of the ancient city of Tyre in Phoenicia (Modern day
Lebanon). Tyre was one of the six major esoteric cities of the
Anunnaki on Earth.
Tyre (Sour) today; a Shiite Muslim city in Southern Lebanon.
Staircase within the Ziggurat of Nippur. The ancient city of
Nippur in Iraq, was one of the six major extraterrestrial hot
spots on Earth.
 Ur Nammu atop the Ziggurat (Tower of Babel) at Ur.

The Phoenician Hook :

The esoteric and spiritual meaning of the hook is
Ascension , and Liberation . It was constantly chanted in
the secret rituals of the Phoenician gods Adoon (Adon,
Adonis, Adonai) and Melkart.

Meaning of the number 6 in Anunnaki-

Phoenician Alphabets
The Phoenician Hook also meant a Celestial Gate . This is
how we got the word Ba’ab meaning exactly the
extraterrestrial stairway to heaven. Waw in the Phoenician
Alphabet is in fact an Anunnaki symbol and written like a
Y .
The letter Y represents a base (Earth) and two additional
dimensions on the right and on the left. These are the two
additional dimensions beyond ours that the Anunnaki code
reveals. It is not as complicated as you might think. It is only
a secret and hidden message.
It corresponds to the Hebrew Vav .

Two united Vav represent the Ascension and the two

additional dimensions beyond the physical fourth
dimension.
In Aramaic Waw is written and pronounced like the
Phoenician and Anunnaki Waw .

Facts:
Despite the US constant denial of any contact with aliens,
many statements given by top American military scientists
and a high-ranking Annunaki’s personal revelations show
without any doubt, that in fact:
1-While different alien races do live and work on planet
earth, the Anunnaki do not.
2-The Grays who originally came from Zeta Reticuli have
several bases and genetic laboratories, fully operational in
the United States. The Anunnaki left our planet earth
thousands of years ago.

3-The Grays have helped the military in developing

advanced spatial weapons/missiles systems. The first test
occurred in 1984, and the Russians became aware of these
significant military tests around 1985.
The Anunnaki offered the United States advanced
technology for scientific and humanitarian purposes, but the
military wanted very advanced weapon systems instead.
The Anunnaki refused.

4-The Grays kept on abducting humans for various reasons,

and for a very long time, and the United States government
allowed these abductions.
The Anunnaki are not in the abduction business.
Whether the Grays’ abductions occurred with, or without the
consent of our government remains irrelevant, because a
treaty was signed between the US and 4 different alien
races permitting such horrible acts. In exchange for closing
their eyes NASA, NSA, the CIA, the navy and the Air Force
received very advanced extraterrestrial technology. The
Anunnaki never participated in these atrocities.

5-A very high level meeting between the United States and
a representative of the High Council of the Anunnaki took
place at the Four Seasons Hotel in Georgetown, Washington,
D.C.
6-The United States refused to terminate their formal
relationships with the Grays, and categorically rejected an
offer submitted by an entity representing the Anunnaki.

7-The United States government did not believe that the

Anunnaki had any vital interest in the human race, and
especially the United States.

8-The United States were officially notified that the

Anunnaki shall return to earth in 2022.
This notification was never taken seriously by those who
attended the meeting in Washington, D.C., however
scientists from MIT and top executives at a major
corporation (military contractor) known for its jet propulsion
projects and headed by a former high ranking military
commander, wrote a memo and a summary of findings
pertaining to the topics discussed during that infamous
meeting, and submitted their memoranda to The White
House.
Insiders leaked very disturbing information about a lethal
clash between the Anunnaki official and military guards at a
well-publicized military base known for its black projects
and extraterrestrial technology-reverse engineering.

In 1947, a Grays’ spacecraft crashed in

Roswell

In 1947, a Grays’ spacecraft crashed in Roswell.

Two Grays died from the impact, but one survived.
 The Americans held him underground at Andrews
Air Force Base.
Strangely enough, a sort of friendship was
developed between the Gray and two American
civilian scientists, something that we still don’t
understand, but there it was.

At that time, the military and CIA were only interested in

acquiring advanced military weapons systems, not in a
friendship with an alien. But somehow they became friends.
The military kept everything under cover and did not even
inform even Congress or the President of the United States.

One general actually said, ‘Civilians and politicians come

and go. But we, the military, that is our career.
Therefore, they should not be informed and if Congress will
not be told, consequently the American public should not be
told either.’ That was the policy that was adopted on a
regular basis ever since.

According to an Anunnaki record, and a revelation by

Victoria (Ambar Anati, the Anunnaki official delegate) we
have the following information:
Victoria talking to another Anunnaki: That is frightening, I
said. The military should not control the decision.
Indeed they should not. Look at the Miraya, Sinhar Ambar
Anati.
Here is one of the first conversations between the surviving
Gray and the two American scientists.
Statement by Ambar Anati on record
Statement by Ambar Anati on record: On the screen, I saw
an office, quite ordinary and simply furnished. Two men and
a Gray sat around an empty desk. They seemed
comfortable, there was no tension, as you might expect in
such a company. Then, the sound came from the Miraya. (A
monitor)
One of the American scientists,2 asked the Gray:
- So where did you come from? And why are you here?
- We have been here for thousands of years, said the Gray,
in perfect English, though his voice had the usual scratchy
sound of his race. We have our bases underwater, in the
Pacific, near Puerto Rico, and under Alaska’s glaciers.
- Thousands of years?
- That is so. We consider ourselves the first and the
legitimate inhabitants and owners of the earth. You are not.
We are here because we need natural resources that exist
on earth and in the oceans.
- Seems to me this is not all you need, buddy, said the
other scientist, grinning and lighting a cigarette.
- This is true. We also need some live organisms, and
various substances we can extract from human bodies.
- And did you get all you want? asked the first scientist.
- Yes, by and large. We need them on a constant basis,
said the Gray. The natural resources of the earth and the
water are regularly mined. The human substances are more
difficult to obtain. We get them from the humans we
abduct.
The two scientists nodded in agreement, totally
unimpressed by the mention of the abductions.
They really did not seem to mind.
- What bugs me, said the first scientist, is that we tried so
hard to reverse engineer your spaceship, ever since we got
it after the crash in Roswell. We just can’t do it. You have to
help us decipher the codes on the screens we found inside
the spaceship, and also the geometric and scientific
symbols on the grids and measuring tapes we found
scattered around the spaceship.
Our team is getting impatient; they may even threaten to
kill you, you know. The two of us are friendly with you, but
the team is getting ugly, and the boss is mad.
- What is the point? said the Gray without showing any
emotion, not even fear regarding the threat. Even if I teach
you how things work, and decipher all the codes for you,
you will not be able to reverse engineer our technology,
because you don’t have the raw materials. Look at this.

From somewhere around his body, he pulled out a piece of

metal.
- This is a very light metal yet stronger than any material
known on earth. Yet this sheet of metal could float in the air,
and can be bent and folded like paper and then, open up on
its own. Look! He demonstrated. The metal seemed to be
indestructible.
- You must understand that we are willing to reveal plenty of
information, said the Gray. But we can only do so if you
will allow me to go home. I need to recharge my body, it’s
like a battery, you know.
I will die if I stay much longer, and that will be useless to
you. Let me go, and I will arrange for others to come back
with me, others who know much more than I do. I am a
simple pilot. I will bring you scientists.

We have no intention of hiding this knowledge from you, on

the contrary, we have every reason to cooperate with you
and do some joint projects. And we can supply the raw
materials and the knowledge of how to turn it all to your
advantage.
- So since we are such good friends, said the second
scientist, tell me, where exactly is the home you speak of?
Since you have lost the spaceship, obviously, we will have
to take you there.’
- If I tell you, you will not understand and you will not be
able to take me there, since it involves getting through
additional dimensions.
Our scientists constructed our bases’ entries like that, as a
precaution against intruders. But if you take me back to
Roswell, exactly where we crashed, I will find my own way.
How will you do that?
Simple, said the Gray. When a spacecraft lands on a
particular spot, automatically it marks the spot, scans it,
and sends data to our mission control for identification and
location purposes. Thus, we are never lost. If I can contact
my people, they will come for me.
But if you go away, how do we communicate with you, and
find out when the others are coming?
In the spacecraft there is a communication device. Let’s go
there. I am sure it is functional, because it is really
indestructible. I’ll teach you how to use it. We will contact
my people from there and tell them about our plan. You will
be there to supervise everything. Bring the boss, too, just in
case.
The scientists looked at each other. They seemed rather
pleased. Very well, said one of them. We’ll come back for
you later tonight, after we talk to the boss. I am sure he will
agree to our plan.
It will be a feather in his cap, said the Gray, using an old
fashioned human expression unexpectedly. The two
scientists burst out laughing.

And that, was indeed what happened. They took him back
to Roswell, and left him there on the exact spot of the crash.
They did not leave the area, though, but hid in a small
canteen which was placed at some distance, to watch what
was going to happen to the Gray. In a very short time, a
spaceship came, landed, and he went in. The spaceship took
off directly and vanished into the sky.
The scientists sent the piece of metal which the Gray had
demonstrated with to a military laboratory, and they called
one engineer from Lockheed Corporation and another one
from MIT, to analyse the piece. Nobody could figure out
what it was made of.
Still, prior to his departure, apparently the Gray did reveal
many secrets of very advanced technology, that American
corporations started developing right away, and began to
use ten years later. Many highly advanced electronic
gadgets that American consumers have used for a over a
quarter of a century came from the Grays.
And what happened then?

A few years passed. Then, a historic meeting

happened. In February 1954, President Dwight
Eisenhower went for a week’s vacation to Palm
Springs, California. This was a little strange, and
many did not quite understand the timing, because
he just came back from a quail shooting vacation in
Georgia. Actually, it was less than a week before
his trip to Palm Springs.

On the night of February 20, 1954, the

President of the United States
disappeared
Two vacations in a row was not his style, but he went
anyway, and arranged to stay there for a week.

Now, a president, as you know, is always surrounded by

other officials, not to mention body guards; he is never out
of sight. But on the night of February 20, the President of
the United States disappeared. The press, which somehow
was alerted despite all the efforts for secrecy, spread
rumors that he was ill, or that he had suddenly died.
The president’s people were alarmed, so they called an
emergency press conference, and announced that
Eisenhower lost a tooth cap at his dinner, and had to be
rushed to a dentist.
To make it more believable, the dentist was presented to the
people.
He was invited to a function the next evening, and was
introduced all around.
This, again, was strange.
Why would a dentist be invited to such an affair, and why
would the President’s personnel take such care to make him
visible to everyone?

A Cover-up!
It was a cover-up for the President’s real
business
Eisenhower was actually taken to Muroc Airfield, which was
later renamed Edwards Air Force Base. There, he met with
the Grays. No president had ever done so before.
The delegation of the extraterrestrials consisted of eleven
Grays. Six from Zeta Reticuli, and five from earth’s
underwater bases. But of course, this was not their last
meeting,

This marked only the beginning of negotiations between the

government of United States and the Grays.
So the situation was no longer only in the hands of the
military, but went much further.
Eisenhower was the first American President to sign a treaty
with the extraterrestrials.
 Muroc Field/ Edwards Air Force Base. Eisenhower was
actually taken to Muroc Airfield, which was later renamed
Edwards Air Force Base. There, he met with the Grays.

How was this meeting arranged, in the

first place?
Before the meetings: Two major black projects

In 1953, astronomers discovered some large

objects that at first were believed to be asteroids,
and later proven to be spaceships. They were very
large, but since they took a high orbit around the
equator, they were not visible to laymen.
Two projects were installed:
 1-Project Sigma, created to interpret the Grays’
radio communications,
2-Project Plato, created to establish diplomatic
relationships with the aliens.

There were talks about other races that contacted the

humans at that time, arguments regarding who the treaties
should be signed with, and so on.
As a matter of fact, the Nordics, a benevolent race, actually
tried to prevent humans from getting into these evil
treaties, and wanted them to dismantle their nuclear
weapons and abandon their road to self destruction, but
they were not listened to.
The Nordics wanted the humans to go on a path of spiritual
development, but what the humans wanted was military
secrets. Because those humans were so badly
contaminated, they would not even consider a peaceful
offer. And the treaty with the Grays was signed. It basically
said that the aliens and the humans will not interfere in
each other’s affairs.
The humans will keep the alien presence a secret, and the
Grays would be allowed to experiment on cows and on a
limited number of human abductees. The abductees’ names
would be reported to the U.S. government for control, they
were not to be harmed, and they should be returned to their
homes after the memory of the events was removed.
But, as we know, the Grays did not keep their promise, and
extended their experiments without telling the U.S.
government. They could not be trusted. But let’s face it, the
military people were treacherous as well. For example, there
was the issue of the Gray who had arranged all of that.

Second meeting in 1954

He came back with a delegation in 1954, and agreed to stay
on earth as a hostage of good will, on condition that he
would be allowed the freedom to go back and forth to
recharge himself. This lasted for a year, but soon enough
the military, having learned a little about the vicious plans
of the Grays and the excessive number of abductions that
was not agreed upon, turned back on their word to the
hostage and locked him up for three years.
As a result, he developed extreme claustrophobia that
eventually killed him, as they would not let him leave to
recharge himself. This information about Gray
claustrophobia was never known about within the circle of
ufologists.

United States Protocol on

Extraterrestrials’ Visit to Earth in 2022
Master Kanazawa spoke about a very specific protocol
written by the United States government. In the Kira’at
provided below, you will have a short glance at its contents.

It might appear to many of you as a science fiction story, or

a pure fabrication of mine, or a crazy scenario created by
others who are deeply involved with this issue, but those
who in the past were part of the team of American officials
who met with extraterrestrials, and some of the military
scientists who are currently working on joint
extraterrestrials-intraterrestrials-Greys and American
scientific and esoteric weapons systems programs, are fully
aware of the existence of the secret governmental Protocol
on Extraterrestrials’ Visit to Earth in 2022.
Maximillien de Lafayette said, It is up to you to take this
subject into consideration, or disregard the whole idea.
But always ask yourself, what IF part of it is true? If I was
not absolutely sure and certain that the Protocol indeed
exists, and it is periodically and constantly reviewed and
updated, I would have never dared to come forward and talk
to you about it.
You do not have to be an insider to know about the
Protocol . Just ask any avant-garde futurist or an out-
spoken quantum physics professor, if such a protocol could
exist? It is also my understanding that many Fire Chiefs in
the United States, at one time in their career, have heard of,
or were briefed on the instructions manual on how to deal
with extraterrestrials should a landing (Assumed a hostile
invasion) or encounter occur.

It is also my belief that the United States government

published in March-April 1954, an instructions guide called
SOM1-01 Special Operations Manual: Extraterrestrial
Entities and Technology, Recovery and Disposal. Some
ufologists have claimed that The cover of the manual
includes the date April 1954 and notes that it was created
by the Majestic-12 Group. This is not correct. The manual
was never written by that group.
What I do know is this, and this is the absolute truth: A
group of scientists from MIT, Cal Tech, NSA, the United
States Air Force, and top scientists from the United States
Department of Energy (DOE) came up with the first draft of
the manual.
A few years later, Reverend Billy Graham, and two powerful
Catholic archbishops in the United States were called in to
share their insights and express their concerns.
Part of what they had suggested appeared in the 15 page
Addendum to Protocol on Extraterrestrials’ Visit to Earth in
2022.

Master Kanazawa in this part of his Kira’at did not address

the issues of:
a-The inevitable clash with extraterrestrials,
b-The mass hysteria,
c-The Aliens’ Asphyxiation Effect (AAE), which is one of
the United States government’s major concerns,
d-United States cities’ evacuation,
e-The manual of the United States government
counterattack measures against extraterrestrials’
invasion.

But others, including Ambar Anati did!

Master Kanazawa’s Kira’at (An excerpt):

Following the initiative of the United States of America,
a few countries are consulting with each other on the
Protocol on Extraterrestrials’ Visit to Earth in 2022,
written by the American government.
The American Protocol is still in its infancy now.
However, it is promising, because it is addressing
subjects of extreme importance.
It is both a protocol and an instructions manual.
The Protocol part of it will remain in the hands of the
governments, while the instructions manual will be
made available to the people of Earth in 2021.
However, leaks to the general public and the media
beforehand are expected.

Some of the issues discussed in the protocol and the manual

are:
1-How an encounter with a pecies from outer space
could affect the world economy, and Earth’s monetary
system. It is our belief that this issue is discussed in an
addendum;
2-The question of God, and how to explain to human
beings, the nature of God, and mainly the irrelevance
and unnecessary existence of several organized
religions, and religious governing bodies. It is our belief
that this issue is discussed in an addendum;
The Church of England, the Vatican, and a consortium of
Christian Churches in the United States of America have
joined in to draft the section related to the religious
topics discussed in the American protocol;
3-The Ba’abs (Stargates), are a major issue, especially
to the United States, Russia, China, France, Great
Britain, and a few other countries that are going to
emerge as a global power on the world market;
However, the military aspects of the Ba’abs, mode of
operation, and ramifications such as intergalactic travel,
time-space travel, anti-matter, anti-gravity will be
handled exclusively by the United States of America;
5-DNA contamination is another sensitive and extremely
important issue.
Human DNA contamination caused by excessive
scientific and military genetic programs, that are not in
the best interest of humanity.
6-It is our belief that this very delicate subject has
already been a part of previous meetings between
American officials and an elite group of extraterrestrials;
7-The alien-human interbreeding programs: It is our
belief that this very delicate subject has already been a
part of previous meetings between American officials
and an elite group of extraterrestrials;
8-The life and existence of the hybrid race on Earth.
 9-It is our belief that this very delicate subject has
already been a part of previous meetings between
American officials and an elite group of extraterrestrials;
10-How to handle a close encounter with three different
extraterrestrial races that are going to play a paramount
role in the future of humanity;
11- Petrifying situations prompted by electric currents,
and electricity stations and grid shortouts during the
landing of the extraterrestrials ships on Earth;
12-The development of a global communications
system, jointly administered by the Anunnaki, the
United States of America, China, Russia, and Europe, for
the purpose of informing the populations of Earth of the
landing, the purpose of the landing, and areas of
landings of the Anunnaki, and their Merkabah (Also
Markaba) in several areas of the terrestrial globe.
13-This communications system will also be projected
as a huge holographic screen that will appear in the sky,
at close proximity to the surface of Earth, containing
vital information intended to orient the people of the
Earth.
14-You have to remember what we have said in the
past, about the remaining portion of the people on
Earth. Those who were saved, those who will perish, and
those who will not be allowed to ascend through the
Ba’abs. The ascension through the Ba’abs is their only
way of salvation.

United States Government Publications on

Extraterrestrial Invasions:
Do you think that alien invasion is a far fetched scenario?
Science fiction? Are you sure it will never happen? And
hence forth, is 2022 and/ the return of the Anunnaki to earth
pure fantasy?
Well, think again, because the United States government is
taking the issue of extraterrestrial threat and alien invasion
very very seriously!! You bet!!
The United States government has published a series of
books on the subject, and provided very detailed
information and instruction on the danger of aliens, their
threats, what to do if you encounter aliens, and what
precaution and safety measures you should take.
Below, are some websites that have posted the
government’s publications, along with excerpts from each
book.
We hope these websites will still be accessible to you, since
Big Brother is constantly deleting/ adding sensitive
material on the subject of UFOs and extraterrestrials.
We are referring to serious articles and summary findings by
reliable authors, and not to the silly and ridiculous messages
of fake mediums and spiritual extraterrestrial messengers-
psychics on earth!!

1-Government Alien Invasion Plan:

You can read the instructions of the American government
at: www.scribd.com/doc/917802/Government-Publications-
on-Aliens?
query2= Government%20Alien%20Invasion%20Plan

2-Government Publications on Aliens and Security:

www.scribd.com/doc/917802/Government-Publications-on-
Aliens?query2= government%20extraterrestrial

3-The United States Government’s Plan with Aliens:

www.scribd.com/doc/917802/Government-Publications-on-
Aliens?
query2= the%20government‘s%20plan%20with%20aliens

4-United States National Defense Against Alien

Invasions.
www.scribd.com/doc/917802/Government-Publications-on-
Aliens? query2= national%20defense%20against%20aliens

5-Aliens’ Attack Plan

scribd.com/doc/917802/Government-Publications-on-Aliens?
query2= alien%20attack%20plan
6-What to Do in Case Of An Alien Attack
www.scribd.com/doc/917802/Government-Publications-on-
Aliens?
query2= what%20to%20do%20incase%20of%20alien%2
0attack

United States Government Major Concerns:

Xenotransplantation and aliens-cross-species

infections:
“This action plan concerns the process of
xenotransplantation, which is the transplantation,
implantation, or infusion into a human being of living cells,
tissues, or organs from a nonhuman source. It takes into
account the possibility of aliens-cross-species infections,
and provides meeting transcripts and available documents
and international information.
Current intelligence on extraterrestrials indicates a
particular proclivity towards experimentation of various
sorts. If the aim of such experimentation is to discover the
physiology and more of human beings and other animals
that inhabit the planet Earth, xenotransplantation could be
used. Since this is a complicated process above the
understanding of many, this text will provide a basic
introduction to this topic that could come in handy.
As noted by Center for Biological Evaluation and Research:
Use of Cloning Technology to Clone a Human Being. This
document presents cloning as a piece of the recent activity
involved in the area of scientific and biotechnological
progresses.
It presents information concerning the matter of the ethical
nature of a potential human clone, the current illegality of
human cloning under United States law, and also
acknowledges that cloning could lead to medical advances
in research and practice.
While this technology has not been developed or used
currently on Earth, the possibility exists that
extraterrestrials could have knowledge of its forms and
functions. This document can provide information about
what is involved in the cloning process and help one to
recognize if they or another has been cloned ; noted by U.S.
National Library of Medicine, Genetics Home Reference,
Department of Health and Human Services.
This portal leads to information concerning the various
genetic conditions that could afflict the human being. The
genetics of over 200 various conditions are discussed in
detail, along with the normal functions and the rendered
health effects of over 300 genes.

United States Government Official Statement:

Extraterrestrials could seek to unravel the inner
secrets of mankind.
A glossary presenting definitions on medical and genetically
important matters. Genetics tie into the above entry, as
they present a way that extraterrestrials could seek to
unravel the inner secrets of mankind. The Human Genome
Project is a human attempt to do this, which could
inadvertently provide aid to the enemy.
Genetic engineering is a way to either help or hinder the
human race, and is a complicated subject. As noted in
Science Reference Services, Unidentified Flying Objects
(UFO), Library of Congress.

United States Government Findings:

In case of extraterrestrial invasion, the power supply
known as electricity would most likely be a high
value target for hostile parties.
In case of extraterrestrial invasion, there exists the
possibility that the surface would become unfit for human
habitation due to a variety of happenings.
Therefore carefully constructed underground shelters would
be advisable for usage. Underground shelter has been used
in the past to great effect against bombardments of the
past, although this situation would present new challenges.
(As noted by Science Reference Services, Solar Energy,
Library of Congress.)
A pathfinder for resources held by the Library of Congress
and online information of scientific repute in various media
formats that contain information upon the subject of solar
energy.
These formats include books, reference works, conference
proceedings, government publications, abstracts and
indexes, journals and journal articles, internet resources and
other selected materials. In case of extraterrestrial invasion,
the power supply known as electricity would most likely be a
high value target for hostile parties. Therefore it would
become imperative that humanity access alternative forms
of energy. Solar energy would be a wise choice in this
instance.

Recently discovered publications and manuals by the

United States Government pertaining to alien threat:

1-Likely Defense Against Alien Invasion;

2-Surviving Extraterrestrial Invasion;
3-Aliens and Government Preparation;
4-US Emergency Plan for Extraterrestrial Invasion;
5-Extraterrestrial Alien Invasion Government Procedure.
Can be browsed at:
www.scribd.com/doc/792200/US-White-House-Federal-
Register-035466?
query2= surviving+ extraterrestrial+ invasion.

United States current intelligence about

the mode of transportation of beings of
other worlds
A pathfinder for resources held by the Library of Congress
and online information of scientific repute in various media
formats that contain information upon the subject of
Unidentified Flying Objects or UFOs. These formats include
books, reference works, conference proceedings,
government publications, abstracts and indexes, journals
and journal articles, internet resources and other selected
materials.
The purpose of including this resource on the list should be
obvious, as it presents current intelligence about the mode
of transportation of beings from other worlds.
General reports seem to indicate similarities in the types of
vehicles used, so the information could become useful as a
type of spotter’s chart, as well as providing information
about the performance and abilities of the craft. As noted by
Bacon, Kenneth H., DOD News Briefing, Tuesday, April 18,
2000,

Department of Defense Briefings: Area

51, a location often believed to contain
materials of extraterrestrial origin
A transcript of daily news briefings by the Department of
Defense concerning various matters indicative of that day
and questioning put forth by various media agents.
Pertinent questions to our topic were presented upon the
nature of the contents of Area 51, a location often believed
to contain materials of extraterrestrial origin.

During the course of the questioning the government

through its spokesperson again denies that there are any
alien life forms or alien technology present at the
aforementioned location. While not providing precisely in-
depth information about the goings on of the base, it serves
as a reminder that this could be an area of interest in the
event of extraterrestrial invasion.
Being present at this site would most likely be dangerous, as
the potential concentration of alien technology would most
likely provide an attraction. As noted by Science Reference
Services, Underground Architecture, Library of Congress,
www.loc.gov/rr/scitech/tracer-bullets/undergroundtb.html
(Accessed December 1, 2007).
A pathfinder for resources held by the Library of Congress
and online information of scientific repute in various media
formats that contain information upon the subject of
underground architecture. These formats include books,
reference works, conference proceedings, government
publications, abstracts and indexes, journals and journal
articles, Internet resources and other selected materials.
 PART TWO
The Return of the Anunnaki: Q & A
Q uestions answered by Maximillien de Lafayette.
 Q uestions answered by Maximillien de Lafayette.

Outlook for mankind after the year 2022

Q uestion: What is the outlook for mankind after the year
2022? You have explained this in some detail in your
books but will we live in peace or does humankind still
pose a threat to one another if challenges and greed are
proposed like they always have been?
Answer

Another extraterrestrial threat other than the Gray’s

aliens
Q uestion: After the Anunnaki’s job is finished here on
earth through decontamination will we ever have to deal
with another extraterrestrial threat other than the
Gray’s aliens?
Answer

On aliens competing with the Anunnaki to rule our

planet
Q uestion: Are there any other alien races in this galaxy
or another that could compete with the superstar status
of the Anunnaki and rule our planet?
Answer

Would the Anunnaki come to aid the planet if another

alien threat happens?
Q uestion: You have said that the Anunnaki feel
responsible for the hybrid contamination between the
humans and the Gray’s, would the Anunnaki ever come
to the aid of the planet again if this threat would
happen?
Answer
 Q uestion: Has the planet ever come close to another
threat as serious as the Gray’s and will it be a
possibility?
Answer

Hybrid Grays: Adoption and DNA contamination

Q uestion: Have there been a large number of ones that
were disease free and human enough to be adopted?
Answer
Q uestion: Could someone have a relative hybrid or be a
child of a hybrid and not know it?
Answer
Q uestion: I always wonder how people with no
compassion what-so-ever are the same species. It
seems that living as a loving and compassionate being
is what our natural instinct wants us to do, so I wonder if
hybrids have any connection to emotionless behavior?
Answer
Q uestion: I have read the discussions about
contaminated DNA and am curious to know if it is to the
point where large amounts of people have some
connection to hybrids?
Answer
Q uestion: Is it true that hybrid human/grey babies and
children are being created and raised in secret bases?
What of the stories of horrific experiments being
performed on abducted humans in labs by the Greys as
part of their breeding/tissue harvesting programs?
Answer
Q uestion: What is the reason behind the Greys
interbreeding program with humans?
Answer
Q uestion: Is one of these Anunnaki Gods going to take
over the earth after the pole shift?
Answer
 Q uestions: I am very worried by what you have written
on the subject of the return of the Anunnaki in 2022? Is
it for real?
Are they going to change the way we look?
Are they going to get rid of us and replace us with a new
human race?
What kind?
Answer
Q uestions: Is it true that a massive Russian underwater
base exists one mile deep in the Marianas trench in the
Pacific ocean? If so, what
activities/research/experiments are going on there? Do
the Chinese have one too?
Answer
Q uestion: Will the Anunnaki intervene to prevent
possible use of atomic/thermonuclear weapons prior to,
or during their return in 2022?
Answer

Who will survive the return of the Anunnaki?

Q uestion: What percentage of the world’s population will
survive the return of the Anunnaki to become part of the
new human race after 2022?
Answer

How many other Anunnaki will be part of the return?

Q uestion: Though the return will be led by Sinhars
Marduchk and Inannaschamra, how many other
Anunnaki will be part of the return?
And how many Anunnaki guides will there be, for
humans who will be saved and returned to earth after
the cleansing?
Answer

Efficient energy systems of the Anunnaki

 Q uestion: What kind of clean and efficient energy
systems, and modes of transportation will the Anunnaki
introduce after 2022?
Answer

Stargate over Chicago

Q uestion: Is there a stargate/ba’ab in Chicago?
Where exactly is it located, and what does it look like?
How would you jump into a ba’ab?
Terminal of Grand Central Station in downtown Chicago
Answer

Signs before the return of the Anunnaki

Q uestion: What are the signs that people will see in the
skies the day before the Anunnaki return, and where will
they be seen?
Answer

Anunnaki’s tools of annihilation

Q uestions: Who/what created the tool of annihilation
that the Anunnaki will use when they return?
Answer
Outlook for mankind
after the year 2022

Q uestion by Matt Hoxtell, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Q uestion: What is the outlook for mankind after the year

2022? You have explained this in some detail in your books
but will we live in peace or does humankind still pose a
threat to one another if challenges and greed are proposed
like they always have been?

Answer:
 NASA’s ring of hydrogen particles.

NASA has discovered a ring of hydrogen particles

around our solar system – a protective layer, which
is now being called the Heliosphere. This was
announced by the Anunnaki-Ulema, centuries ago,
and they called the ring The Cosmic Plasmic Belt.

The Heliosphere is generated by solar wind

particles, which originate deep within the Sun.
NASA launched the Interstellar Boundary Explorer
Mission (IBEX) last year to get a better picture of
the Heliosphere.
It was always suspected that it existed, but NASA
scientists thought it existed in a completely
different form; instead of being a uniform stripe,
there are bright spots, which indicate the bubble
has varying intensity and density.
Also, though NASA knows it protects the solar
system from the radiation outside of it, scientists
still aren’t entirely sure why it is there or what it
does. As noted by NASA.

2022 happenings are diverse, and could be easily

misinterpreted by the public. Nothing physically will occur
on Earth’s landscape, or in its atmosphere.
A clash between a segment of non-terrestrials and humans
is inevitable in the future.
In the past, more than 3 incidents occurred in secret military
bases, and produced fatal consequences.
The incidents were provoked by military men who according
to Greys’ revelations have insulted Grey scientists who had
worked on two joint- programs with the military.
The future clash will occur between the Anunnaki and the
Greys, and humans will be caught in the middle. The outlook
of mankind will be seriously affected by direct interference
from the Anunnaki group called Baalshamroot Ram .
This is the very group that surrounded the Solar System
with the Cosmic Plasmic Belt ; intense radiations/high
velocity ranges of rays, as recently revealed by NASA.

The human race will never be in peace with itself, and with
its own kind. This is dictated by the Naf-Siya , the Araya ,
the DNA and the bio-psychological makeup of human
nature, originally created by the Anunnaki on two occasions:
The first time some 450,000 years ago, and the second time
(Final Phase), some 10,000 years ago, which announced the
dawn of civilizations on Earth.

Greed is an indivisible segment and one of the

characteristics of the fabric of the human psyche. Thus,
greed will always be here, and will increase the level of the
contamination of mankind. However, the year 2022 will
bring major changes to social systems, and these changes
will have enormous influence on the public’s concept of
religions.
Christianity’s dogma could be altered. Islam will not be
affected by these changes.
Buddhism, and Hinduism will not affected either, simply
because Buddhism is founded on the concept of
Transmission of mind, and thus is not a religion per se.
Ancient Hinduism and Hindu manuscripts and inscriptions
have already announced and pre-announced the existence
of celestial spacecrafts known as Vimanas created by the
Gods , a super race from the multiple layers of the
universe. Consequently, both will blend perfectly with the
comprehension and definition of a new social order to be
established by the Anunnaki.

In short, 2022 will bring paramount changes to: a-Religions;

b-Social order.
Another extraterrestrial
threat other than the
Gray’s aliens

Q uestion by Matt Hoxtell, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Q uestion: After the Anunnaki’s job is finished here on earth

through decontamination will we ever have to deal with
another Extraterrestrial threat other than the Gray’s aliens?

Answer:
The only threat humanity will face is the product of the
Greys’ agenda. It is important to understand, that the Greys
have lived on Earth for millions of years, long before the
human races were created by the Igigi, Anunnaki and
Lyrans. We call the Greys extraterrestrials . This is not
entirely correct, as the Greys are the intraterrestrials of
Earth, and humans their co-habitants. We fear the Greys.
And ironically, the Greys also fear us. They feel threatened
by our nuclear arsenal and experiments, because these can
annihilate Earth, where the Greys live. Earth is also the
habitat of the Greys.
Earth is where their communities and families live. Greys
will do anything and everything to prevent humans from
destroying Earth. Earth will be only destroyed by acts of
nuclear war. The Greys have adapted very well to the intra-
landscape of Earth; meaning Inner-Earth. And water on
Earth is essential for their survival and for energizing their
crafts. Unfortunately, constant interactions with the Greys
will deteriorate the genes of the human race.
The first phase of such deterioration is contamination.
The Anunnaki are fully aware of this contamination. Simply
put, in order to eliminate the contamination of human and
human DNA, the Anunnaki must get rid of the Greys. And
the decontamination process will result in a major
confrontation with the Greys. Some influential governments
have already received a sort of briefing on the subject.
Some high officials took the threat very seriously, whilst
many others did not. Their arrogance and ignorance will
have lethal consequences, which humanity will suffer from.
No, there are no additional threats from other
extraterrestrial races, simply because they are not
interested in us. They are not interested, because we have
nothing meaningful or important to offer them. Humans live
on a linear scale. This is how and why we understand the
universe in terms of time and distance/space. And this limits
us, and prevents us from becoming members of the Cosmic
Federation.
Only two races in the known universe can live on Earth: The
Anunnaki and the Greys. In the past three extraterrestrial
races lived here on Earth, for sometime among us.
They were:
a-The Anunnaki;
b-The Lyrans;
c-The Greys.

Their organisms and body structure could sustain our

atmosphere and its conditions. Other extraterrestrials would
not be able to live on Earth, as humans are not able to live
on other known stars and planets because of their
atmospheric conditions. Other alien races will self-destruct if
they try to live on Earth.
Consequently, they have no interest whatsoever in invading
or dominating Earth. In other words, the only threat, the
only real threat, will come from the Greys. But for the time
being, we are safe, because the Greys still need us. Despite
their highly advanced technology and science, the Greys did
not yet find the perfect and final formula for saving
themselves, genetically.
For some incomprehensible and possibly silly reasons, the
survival of the Greys depends on two things:
a-The survival of humans;
b-The safety of planet Earth.
Aliens competing with
the Anunnaki to rule our
planet?

Q uestion by Matt Hoxtell, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Q uestion: Are there any other alien races in this galaxy or

another that could compete with the superstar status of the
Anunnaki and rule our planet?
Answer:
On the market nowadays, we find several so-called
encyclopedias and field-guides on extraterrestrial races. The
Internet is infested with silly and childish websites posting
ridiculous literature on extraterrestrial races, description of
their physiognomy, heights, weights, eyes, skin, etc. This is
nonsense par excellence. How did they know about these
extraterrestrial races?
What are their sources, data, and authoritative references?
They are non-existent. Their articles are the product of an
erroneous imagination and immature fantasy.
Unless you break the frontiers of time and space, and land
on their planets and stars, you will never be able to learn
about their species, physiognomy and their biological
structure on any level. As long as modern ufology embraces
such phantasmagoric assumptions and fake narratives,
ufology will never be accepted academically, or gain the
respect and trust of erudite milieus and scientists.
However, and according to some statements and leaks ,
we have learned about the existence of six different
extraterrestrial races who have contacted the United States
military.
This was mentioned in the Krill File .
But again, this so-called file was announced to the ufology
community by Mr. Moore, who has been discredited by
eminent ufologists. And once again, I ask you to define what
we understand by Eminent ufologists ? How eminence is
defined, and on what basis or foundation, such eminence is
based upon and structured?
To tell you the truth, nobody knows, except the Anunnaki-
Ulema. Unless you are familiar with Ana’kh, and have read
the archaic manuscripts of the Anunnaki-Ulema, and some
of the Phoenician cosmogeny tablets, and unless you are
familiar with the Akkadian and proto-Mesopotamian
language(s), you will never be able – for sure – to categorize
the galactic races.
All we have is mythology and colorful folklore. And
beginning in the early 1950’s, authors began to put their
spin on everything extraterrestrial or alien. Call it science
fiction, or perhaps mytho-inspirational essay, but not an
authoritative study of galactic civilizations.
As of today, we are aware of the existence of two races:
a-The Greys;
b-The Anunnaki.
The Greys became known to us through articles by all sorts
of ufologists, contactees (usually phony/fake), abductees,
charlatan channelers, statements by so-called military men
who worked in secret military bases, insiders and self-
serving authors.
The truth I tell you, is that the Greys do exist, but they are
not, who, what and how they are generally described to be,
by many ufologists and those who claim to have had any
sort of contact or rapport with them. In some cases,
accounts of encounters were correct, but in general, 95% of
accounts and reports betray the truth, simply because the
human mind is unable to understand what flashes before
our eyes. And this apparent in the way
contactees/abductees (followed by a fleet of ufologists)
describe the Greys. For instance, how many times have you
heard from abductees and ufologists alike, that the Greys or
extraterrestrials have very big eyes in proportion to the size
of their heads, and the eyes were described as large eyes
slanted upward and outward, or big dark eyes that were
olive or almond-shaped? Many times, I’m sure. To tell you
the truth, extraterrestrials’ eyes are as big or as small as
human eyes. And their sockets are almost similar to ours,
but with three major differences. One of them is the retina.
Aliens do not have retina in their eyes, simply because they
do not need one.
Abductees were not able to realize that aliens or
extraterrestrials eyes were masked.
By masked I mean their eyes were covered by a dark lens or
more exactly a screen, called Bou-Ka’h in the Ana’kh, the
Anunnaki language. The large black eyes were simply a dark
screen applied to the eyes of the extraterrestrials. Consider
this screen as eyeglasses for now (But in actuality these
glasses provided the alien with information, much like
glasses with mini TV/info screens on them being made and
used by the military today).
This common error is clearly shared by ufology authors,
ufologists, and researchers alike. This serious misconception
and erroneous description are strong evidence that we have
no clear vision or understanding of the physiognomy of
extraterrestrials. If this is true, then we are not in a position
to categorize and adequately classify aliens,
extraterrestrials, and Greys.
Thus, recognizing and/or defining other extraterrestrial
species is pure speculation.
In conclusion, we should concentrate exclusively on two
known non-human races; the Anunnaki and the Greys.
Such concentration will enable us to conclude that:
1-There are no other extraterrestrials on the scene;
2-The Greys are not in any position to compete with the
Anunnaki.

And since we have logically eliminated the possible

interference from other alien races/non-humans that exist in
our galaxy/other galaxies answering the question: Are there
any other alien races in this galaxy or another that could
compete with the superstar status of the Anunnaki and rule
our planet? becomes an easy task. And the answer is: The
Greys cannot rule our planet, nor can they challenge the
super status of the Anunnaki for obvious reasons.
One of these reasons is the fact that the Anunnaki are far
more advanced than the Greys.
Would the Anunnaki come
to aid the planet if
another threat happens?

Q uestions by Matt Hoxtell, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Q uestion: You have stated that the Anunnaki feel

responsible for hybrid contamination between humans and
the Gray’s, would the Anunnaki ever come to the aid of the
planet aif this threat would happen again?
Answer:
Yes and yes.
This was basically the topic Sinhar Ambar Anati (Victoria)
discussed with representatives from the United States
government years ago. Please refer to the book: Anunnaki
Ultimatum , co-authored by Ilil Arbel. Anati made it clear to
American scientists and to two generals, that the Greys’
contamination will inevitably destroy the human race.

Q uestion: Has the planet ever come close to another threat

as serious as the Gray’s and will it be a possibility?
Answer:
Yes, millions of years ago, when a huge celestial object was
on a trajectory in the direction of planet Earth.
The Anunnaki deviated the object from its collision course
with Earth. And later on, they decided to surround the Solar
system with a protection shield, known as The Cosmic
Plasmic Belt , which is called Zinar in Ana’kh, the
Anunnaki language. This was also mentioned in the Book of
Ramadosh Ketab RamaDosh.
Hybrid Grays: Adoption
and DNA contamination

Q uestions from Melanie Schmidt:

Q uestion: Have there been a large number of hybrids that

were disease free and human enough to be adopted?
Answer:
Yes. A few hybrids were adopted, usually by military
families, and the adoptive parents must go to the base
where the hybrids are, and can select the one they will
adopt. This is a fact.

Basically, some infant-hybrids look just like our own

children.
No physical deformities whatsoever.
However, they have shown some muscular anomalies right
below their shoulder plates and the vertebral column in the
neck. They cannot turn their heads effortlessly.

Another thing: They will never grow to be tall. Their average

height is 5ft 6”

Q uestion: Could someone have a hybrid relative or be the

child of a hybrid and not know it?
Answer:
No. Impossible.

Q uestion: I always wonder how people with no compassion

whatsoever are the same species.
It seems that living as a loving and compassionate being is
what our natural instinct wants us to do, so I wonder if
hybrids have any connection to emotionless behavior?
Answer:
Many infant hybrids have displayed high degree of emotion,
attachment, fear, joy and anxiety, and become very
attached to their parents.
Q uestion: I’ve read discussions about contaminated DNA
and am curious if it is to the point where large numbers of
people have some connection to hybrids? Thanks! Melanie
Schmidt.

Answer:
No, not many. Those are very rare cases.
Worth mentioning here is that not all infant hybrids have
contaminated DNA.
The contamination occurs during the interbreeding process.
If noticed by the Grays, they will dispose of those children
right away. This has been documented and reported by
abductees who lived for a while in the hybrids’ habitat.

Dr. David Jacobs wrote a magnificent book on the subject

called Threat . I encourage you to read his book, as it is
really fascinating. In fact, a few years ago I contacted Dr.
Jacobs, and asked his permission to use some of his
material. And gracefully he agreed.
Q uestions from Elaine Bradley, New York, New York:

Q uestion: Is it true that hybrid human/grey babies and

children are being created and raised in secret bases?
What of the stories of horrific experiments being performed
on abducted humans in labs by the Greys as part of their
breeding/ tissue harvesting programs?

Answer:
Once again Maximillien de Lafayette has provided us with
an account of the unthinkable horrors committed by the
Greys, as witnessed by Sinhar Anbar Anati:
Here is her account (in her own words), on visiting the
Hybrids:

My first encounter with the hybrid children, and my first

glimmer of understanding of what eternity is like.
The base we are visiting today is under water, said
Sinhar Inannaschamra. We are about to descend way down
into the Pacific.
What about air? I asked, a bit apprehensive about the
idea. Surely Sinhar Inannaschamra won’t forget I could not
breathe under water, but still…
We pass through a lock that is safe for both water and
air, said Sinhar Inannaschamra, and inside, it’s geared for
the hybrids, which, just like humans, need air. In a few
minutes, we stopped and I assumed, correctly, that we were
already inside the base.
 They are expecting us, said Sinhar Inannaschamra.
Don’t worry about them. They know I can blow the whole
place up if they dare to give me any trouble.
The spaceship’s door opened and I saw that we were
inside a huge, hangar-like room. If I had expected a
beautiful, aquarium-like window, showing the denizens of
the deep playing in their blue environment, I would have
been disappointed. But knowing the Grays, I expected
nothing of the sort, and so the beige and gray room, all
metal and lacking any windows, did not exactly surprise me.
This base is enormous, you know said Sinhar
Inannaschamra. It is used for many operations, but we will
just concentrate on the hybrids today.
I was pleased to hear that, since I was secretly
apprehensive about the possibility of stumbling on one of
the Grays’ hellish laboratories. I will never forget, or forgive,
what I saw in their lab. But I said nothing and waited to see
what was going to happen next. Sinhar Inannaschamra
walked me to a solid wall, put her hand on it, and the wall
shimmered a little, then moved, allowing a door to form and
open for us.
We entered a long corridor, illuminated by stark, white
light, with many regular doors on each side.
Sinhar Inannaschamra opened one of the doors and we
entered a large room, obviously a refectory since it
contained extremely long tables, all made of metal. The
room was painted entirely in beige – tables, chairs, walls,
and ceiling, and had no windows. It was scrupulously clean.
Suddenly, the tables opened up, each table revealing a
deep groove on each of its long sides. Plates of what
seemed to be normal human food were released from the
grooves, and placed before each chair. At this moment, a
few doors opened at various parts of the room, and from
each door an orderly file of children came in and settled at
the table. They were completely silent, not a word was
heard, as they picked up their forks and began to eat. None
of them paid any attention to us, even though we stood
there in plain view of them.
The children seemed to range from six to twelve, but it
was difficult to be sure of that. On the one hand, they were
small and fragile, so I might have mistaken their ages. On
the other, their eyes gave the impression almost of old age.
They seemed wise beyond their tender years. Their hair
was thin, their skin was pale to gray, and they all wore white
clothes of extreme cleanliness.
Despite these similarities, which made them look as if
they were all related to each other, I could tell some
differences between them that seemed rather fundamental.
It was almost as if they fitted within three distinct groups. I
mentioned it, in a whisper, to Sinhar Inannaschamra, and
she nodded.
Yes, you got it, she said. They consist of early-stage
hybrids, middle-stage hybrids, and late-stage hybrids. The
first group is born from the first combination of abductees’
and Grays’ DNA. They closely resemble the Grays.
Look at their skin – the grayish color is very close to that
of the Grays, and so is the facial structure. The second
group, the middle-stage hybrids, are the result of mating
between these early-stage ones, once they are old enough
for reproduction, and human abductees.
The resulting DNA is closer to humans, and so they look
much more like humans, and many of them lose the
Progeria gene. The third group, the late-stage hybrid, is the
most important. Middle-stage hybrids are mated with
humans to create them – and they can hardly be
distinguished from humans.
 Yes, I can tell who the late-stagers are quite easily, I
said. But there are not too many of them here, right?
This is true, not too many are here. A large number of
these hybrids, who represent the most successful results of
the experiments, are placed for adoption with human
families.
Are the human families aware of the origin of their
children?
Yes, in most cases they are. Generally, they are adopted
by a high-ranking United States military man or woman,
who had worked, or still works, with aliens, in secret military
bases. This happens much more often than most people
suspect… the spouse of the military person may or may not
know, depending on the circumstances and character traits
of the hybrid child. These lucky hybrids lead a much better
life than whose who are raised in places like this one,
communally.
Are they badly treated here? Are they abused by the
Grays?
No, the Grays don’t want to lose them, they are too
valuable. But they receive no love, no individual attention,
there is no real parenting, and the environment is barren
and depressing. They live like that until they are old enough
to be of use in the experiments. Not a very nice life for any
child.
And what about the issue of Progeria? I mean, for the
adopted ones?
Only the hybrids who are entirely free of Progeria are
adopted by human families. We even suspect, though we
are not sure, that many of the Progeria stricken late-stagers
are killed, since their Progeria gene is too strong. The Grays
believe that after these three attempts, it cannot be
eradicated by further breeding.
 And so they kill the poor things… what is the motive for
all these atrocities?
All for the same reason I have mentioned before. They
think they somehow will save their civilization. But they are
doomed.
But in the meantime, they harm, torture, and kill so many
people. I don’t understand why it is tolerated. Sinhar
Inannaschamra did not answer.

The children finished eating, still in complete silence. Each

child, as he or she finished his/her meal, leaned back into
the chair, and as soon as all of them were leaning back, the
groove from which the plates came opened up, and re-
absorbed all the plates. They now go to an automatic
dishwashing machine, explained Sinhar Inannaschamra.
The children got up, and left the dismal room in the same
file arrangement they came in. As soon as the room was
empty, large vacuum cleaners emerged from the wall and
sucked up every crumb, every piece of debris. Then they
sprayed the tables and floor with a liquid that smelled like
disinfectant. The room was spotlessly clean again, ready for
the next sad, depressing meal.
Shall we go to the dormitories now? asked Sinhar
Inannaschamra. I nodded. We followed the children through
one of the doors, and entered a place that was a
combination of an old-fashioned orphanage and military
barracks.
It was a very large room, but the ceiling was not high, only
about twelve feet. Again, everything was beige and gray,
and there were no windows to relieve the monotony.
 The room was full of beds, arranged above each other in
groups of three, like in a submarine. Dozens and dozens of
such rows seemed to stretch to a very long distance.
The beds were made of some metal, very smooth, and of
silver-gray color. They seemed to be assembled like prefab
furniture.
Sinhar Inannaschamra, I said, there are no ladders.
How do the children reach the upper levels?
They can levitate, said Sinhar Inannaschamra. Look at
this. Part of each bed is magnetic, so each child can have
his or her toys attached to it. As for the lower beds, the toys
are stored next to them.
So they have toys, I said. That’s a mercy.
Yes, the Grays discovered that mental stimulation is
highly important to the hybrids’ development. There are
plenty of other activities, mostly with abductees, that
relieve their lives of the tedium, at least to a certain extent.
But they have no privacy at all.
None whatsoever, they only get their own room when
they are more mature, but they have one thing that pleases
them. If the children want to, they can put their things in
their bed, close the bed with a panel, and hide it inside a
wall. They like that.
I wonder, too, is it a comfort for them to be together,
after all?
Their feelings and emotional state are not exactly
human… it’s hard to explain. I think it’s time for you to see
them interact.
Where are all the children now?
They are attending various activities, said Sinhar
Inannaschamra. Come, I’ll show you.
 We entered a room that opened directly from the
dormitory. To my surprise, it was really a glass bubble. You
could see the outside, which was an unpleasant desert
surrounding. I found it nasty, but I figured that to the
children it might represent a pleasant change.
About ten children, seemingly between the ages of six and
eight, sat on the ground, which was simply desert sand.
They were playing with normal human toys – trucks, cars,
and trains. They filled the things with sand, using plastic
trowels that one usually sees on the beach.
They were also building tunnels from the sand, wetting it
with water from large containers that stood here and there.
They seemed to be enjoying their games, certainly
concentrating on them, but their demeanor remained quiet
and subdued, and they did not engage in the laughter,
screaming, yelling, or fighting that children of this age
normally do.
They also have rooms with climbing equipment, and
places to play ball, said Sinhar Inannaschamra. It is
needed to strengthen their bones and muscles.
I approached the children, a little apprehensively, worried
that I might frighten the poor things. They looked up at me,
seemingly waiting for me to do something, but I was
pleased to realize that they were not afraid. I sat on the
sand, took some stones that were scattered around, and
arranged them so that they created a little road.
The children stared at me for a minute with their strange,
wise eyes, as if trying to read my thoughts, and almost
instantly grasped the idea and continued to build the road
together.
None of them smiled, but they seemed very much
engaged in the new activity. Once all the stones were used,
they looked at me again, as if trying to absorb information,
and sure enough, after a minute they took the trucks and
made them travel down the little road. I got up and let them
play.
So they can read minds, I said to Sinhar Inannaschamra.
To an extent, she said. At this age, they basically just
absorb images you project. You probably thought about the
trucks going on this road, and they saw it.
And everything was done together, as if they were
mentally connected, I said. Do they do everything
together?
Yes, everything is communal, even the bathrooms where
they clean themselves. But don’t be too upset about it. If
they are separated from each other before adolescence,
they become extremely upset. It is almost as if the onset of
puberty makes them an individual, and before that they
have a group mentality.
Horrible, I said.
They are not unhappy, said Sinhar Inannaschamra.
Only as adolescents, when they break off the communal
mind, do they come to understand how unhappy they really
are. But we will visit the adolescents on another occasion.
Very well, I said.
Would you like to see the room where they keep the
fetuses? asked Sinhar Inannaschamra.
I followed Sinhar Inannaschamra to the corridor, and we
walked quite a distance before opening another door. We
entered another one of the hangar-sized rooms, full of tanks.
Each tank contains liquid nutrients, said Sinhar
Inannaschamra. This is where they put the fetuses, as soon
as they are removed from the abductees. The tanks are
arranged in order, from the youngest fetuse,s to those that
are almost ready to be removed.
Do they separate them into stages? I asked.
Yes, this room is for early stagers only. In other rooms,
they have the middle stagers. But the late stagers remain in
the mother’s womb until birth, to make them as close to
humans as possible.
And what are the babies like?
Q uiet, not as responsive as human babies. Many of them
die as soon as they are removed from the tank. Those that
survive are generally mentally well developed, but
physically weak, and emotionally subdued.
And who takes care of them?
Both Grays and abductees. The Grays perform most of
the physical requirements, but the abductees supply the
human touch. We can’t go there yet.
How come?
We need to prepare you to interact with abductees. They
are very complicated. We shall have a few sessions about
interacting with them at the same time when we teach you
how to work with the adolescents. Also, you had wanted
some instruction on how to contact and help those people
that are children of humans and Anunnakis, like your son.
This requires some teaching, too.
We went back to our spaceship, not saying much. I
remember thinking that if I were part of the Anunnaki
Council, I would vote to kill every Gray in the known
universe. Of course I did not say it to Sinhar Inannaschamra,
but I am sure she knew how I felt. Back home, I went to my
beloved garden and sat under a tree that constantly
showered tiny blossoms on me, like little snowflakes. I did
not even know I was crying.
 What is the matter? said Marduchk, who suddenly
appeared next to me. I told him about the visit with the
hybrids.
The hybrids are not abused, said Marduchk. Something
else is bothering you.
I thought for a moment, and then decided I might as well
be honest with him. Yes, I said. I cannot understand the
Anunnaki’s casual attitude about the fact that thousands of
human beings are tortured and killed all the time.
Neither you nor Sinhar Inannaschamra seem to be as
shocked as I am about the fact that the Grays engage in
such atrocities.
Marduchk was quiet for a minute, thinking. At this
conversation, we did not use the Conduit, because in my
agitated state I found it difficult. I was not entirely used to it
as yet. So I waited for him to say what he thought.
I see your point, he said. You think we are callous about
it.
Yes, I do, to tell you the truth. Why don’t you destroy the
Grays? Why do you allow so much death, so much pain? Are
you, after all, cruel beings? Have you become callous
because you have lived so many years, and become thick-
skinned about suffering?
No, we are not cruel. It’s just that we view life and death
differently than you do. We cannot destroy all the Grays,
even if we wanted to. We don’t commit genocide, even if
they try to do it. We don’t want to kill them. We know that
they will die on their own.
And in the meantime, suffering means nothing to you?
It means a lot, but destroying the Grays would not
eliminate suffering that occurs in all the universes we go to.
There are other species that are even worse than the Grays,
you just don’t know about them because their horrific
behavior is not aimed at humans.
It seems to me, that even though you are so much more
sophisticated than humans, the fact that you deny the
existence of God may have deprived you of your ethics,
after all.
Deny God? What makes you think we deny God? asked
Marduchk. He seemed genuinely surprised.
Marduchk, you have told me, more than once, that the
Anunnaki created the human race, not God. So where is God
if He is not the Creator? Your statements are contradictory.
Not at all, said Marduchk. The Anunnaki view of God is
similar to human religions in many ways, but contains much
more information.
The term we use to describe God is ‘All That Is.’ To the
Anunnaki, God is made of inexhaustible mental energy, and
contains all creation within Itself, therefore representing a
gestalt of everything that has existed, exists now, or will
exist in the future, and that includes all beings, all known
universes, and all events and phenomena.
God’s dearest wish is to share in the lives of all It’s
creations, learn and experience with them, and from them.
But while they are imperfect, God Itself is perfect, which is
why It can only be seen as a gestalt.
Why are you calling God It? I asked.
Because we do not attribute gender to God.
I see, I said. So in essence, the Anunnaki God is not all
that different from ours. What else should I know?
It is possible that other primary energy gestalts existed
before God came into being, and actually created It. If so,
then the possibility exists that there are many Gods, all
engaged in magnificent creativity within their own domains.
We are not certain if that is so, but we do not dismiss this
beautiful possibility.
That is vastly different from human thought, I said,
meditating. But how does it tie in with life and death
issues, and with the fact that you have created us?
The individuals that exist within God, though part of God,
have free will and self-determination. In life and in death,
each is a part of God and also a complete and separate
individual that will never lose its identity.
The Anunnaki are indeed the creators of human beings,
but since each Anunnaki is a part of God, there is no conflict
in the idea of their creation of humanity.
Creation is endless and on-going, and human beings, in
their turn, create as well – for example, great art, literature,
and service to other people, animals, and the planet Earth –
though they do not exactly create life as yet. We are all part
of the grand gestalt, and that makes All That Is such an apt
name for God.
So how does that make the situation with the Grays’
atrocities any better?
It is better because the lives that they take are not
disappearing into a void. Each individual is eternal, and
even if killed as a child, will go on into other domains. I am
not saying that this justifies the Grays’ atrocities.
I am merely pointing out that even though these atrocities
do exist, the individuals affected will have another chance.
Yes, this does make a difference, and I can see how it
would affect your thinking. But for me, after seeing what the
Grays do to humans in their labs, it is still very disturbing.
I can understand that, Victoria. It is not something you
are accustomed to. Tell me, do you still want to do this
mission? He asked his question in a very neutral way,
obviously not wanting to influence my free will.
Yes, more than ever, I said. Maybe I can do some good
for these poor, sad children.
I have a suggestion, then, said Marduchk. I don’t see it
as a long-term mission, since you cannot change the ways
of the Grays from within. I think you will find it a springboard
to other missions, as it is obvious to me that you have some
thoughts on making the Anunnaki do something about the
Grays to force them to stop their experiments.
Doing this mission will be extremely good as a learning
experience, right from inside the Grays’ base. As for
contacting the people who are the children of humans and
Anunnaki’s, that will not take much of your time.
There are very few of these around, these days.
How long do you think this mission will take me?
Exactly nine months, said Marduchk. I stared for a
minute and then laughed.
I see what you mean, Marduchk. You think I should start
our daughter, allow her to grow in the tube in the Anunnaki
fashion, and while she is in the tube, concentrate on my
mission. Then, I should come back and spend some time
with you and the baby, before embarking on other
missions.
Doesn’t it sound like a good plan? While the baby is in
the tube, there is nothing you can do for her other than look
at her as she grows. And you can easily do that with a
monitor from earth, right from the Grays’ base. And we will
talk every day, so if you have any concerns about her, I can
take care of it.
This is a wonderful idea, I said. I will have the
orientation regarding the abductees and the adolescent
hybrids, and of course the human-Anunnaki people, and
when I am ready to go on my mission, I will first stop at the
hospital and start the baby!
This plan made me feel a little better, but I knew I must
give the issue some more thought, and perhaps further
discussion. So, when I went to see Sinhar Inannaschamra
the next day to arrange for the orientation, I brought the
subject up with her, and told her honestly how I felt.
Yes, I do understand how you feel, Victoria, she said.
Before we do any more work with the hybrid mission, I
would like to give you a little background about our
relationship to life and death.
I would very much welcome it, I said.
So let’s start with the concept of An-Hayya’h, said
Sinhar Inannaschamra.
I have never heard the word mentioned, I said.
This word, which is also used as A-haya and Aelef-hayat,
could be the most important word in Anakh, our language,
as well as in the written history of humanity, because it
deals with several extremely important issues.

These are:
The origin of humans on earth.
How humans are connected to the Anunnaki.
Importance of water to humans and Anunnaki.
The life of humans.
Proof that it was originally a woman who created man,
Adam and the human race, via her Anunnaki identity.
The return of the Anunnaki to earth.
Humanity’s hopes and salvation, and a better future for
all, our gifts to you, as your ancestors and creators.
 Complicated concepts, I said.

I will try to explain the whole concept as clearly as

possible, because it is extremely difficult to find the proper
and accurate word or words in terrestrial languages and
vocabularies. Let’s start with the word itself. The word An-
Hayya’h is composed of two parts.
The first part is ‘An’ or ‘A’ (Pronounced Aa), or ‘Aelef’
(pronounced a’leff).
It is the same letter in Anakh, Akkadian, Canaanite,
Babylonian, Assyrian, Ugaritic, Phoenician, Moabite, Siloam,
Samaritan, Lachish, Hebrew, Aramaic, Nabataean Aramaic,
Syriac, and Arabic.
All these languages are derived from Ana’kh. Incidentally,
the early Greeks adopted the Phoenician Alphabet, and
Latin and Cyrillic came from the Greek Alphabet. The
Hebrew, Aramaic and Greek scripts all came from the
Phoenician. Arabic and most of the Indian scriptures came
from the Aramaic.

The entire Western World received its language from the

Phoenicians, the descendants of the Anunnaki. Anyway, the
‘An in Ana’kh means one of the following:
Beginning
The very first
The ultimate
The origin
Water

On earth, this word became Alef in Phoenician, Aramaic,

Hebrew, Syriac and Arabic. Alef is the beginning of the
alphabet in these languages. In Latin, it’s ‘A’ and in Greek it
is Alpha. In Hebrew, the Aleph consists of two yuds
(pronounced Yod); one yod is situated to the upper right and
the other yod to the lower left. Both yods are joined by a
diagonal vav.
They represent the higher water and the lower water, and
between them the heaven.
This mystic-kabalistic interpretation was explained before
by Rabbi Isaac Luria. Water is extremely important in all the
sacred scriptures, as well as in the vast literature and
manuscripts of extraterrestrials and the Anunnaki.
Water links humans to the Anunnaki. In the Babylonian
account of Creation, Tablet 1 illustrates Apsu (male),
representing the primeval fresh water, and Tiamat (female),
the primeval salt water.
These two were the parents of the gods. Apsu and Tiamat
begat the Lahmu (Lakhmu) and Lahamu (Lakhamu) deities.
In the Torah, the word ‘water’ was mentioned on the first
day of the creation of the world: ‘And the spirit of God
hovered over the surface of the water.’ In the Chassidut, the
higher water is ‘wet’ and ‘warm,’ and represents the
closeness to Yahweh (God), and it brings happiness to man.
The lower water is ‘cold,’ and brings unhappiness because
it separates us from Yahweh, and man feels lonely and
abandoned. The Ten Commandments commence with the
letter Alef: ‘Anochi (I) am God your God who has taken you
out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage.’
The letter ‘Alef’ holds the secret of man, his/her creation,
and the whole universe, as is explained in the Midrash. In
Hebrew, the numeric value of Aleph is 1.

And the meaning is:

First
Adonai
 Leader
Strength
Ox
Bull
Thousand
Teach.

According to Jewish teachings, each Hebrew letter is a

spiritual force and power by itself, and comes directly from
Yahweh. This force contains the raw material for the creation
of the world and man.
The Word of God ranges from the Aleph to the Tav, which
is the last letter in the Hebrew alphabet. In Revelation 1:8,
Jesus said: ‘I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the
ending.’ In John 1:1-3, as the Word becomes Jesus, the Lord
Jesus is also the Aleph and the Tav, as well as the Alpha and
the Omega.

In Him exists all the forces and spiritual powers of the

creation. Jesus is also connected to water, an essential
substance for the purification of the body and the soul,
which is why Christians developed baptism in water.
In Islam, water is primordial and considered the major
force of the creation of the universe. The Prophet
Mohammad said, as can be read in the Q uran: ‘Wa
Khalaknah Lakoum min al Ma’i, koula chay en hay,’
meaning: ‘And We (Allah) have created for you from water
everything alive.’
The Islamic numeric value of Aleph and God is 1. To the
Anunnaki and many extraterrestrial civilizations, the An or
Alef represents the number 1, also Nibiru, the constellation
Orion, the star Aldebaran, and above all the female aspect
of creation symbolized in an Anunnaki woman ‘Gb’r, whom
you know as the Angel Gabriel on earth.”
 The Angel Gabriel was a woman? I asked, amazed.
Unquestionably so, said Sinhar Inannaschamra, smiling.
How interesting, I said. But do go on. What about the
second part of the word An-Hayya’h?
The second part, namely the Hayya’h part, means:
Life
Creation
Humans
Earth, where the first human, which was a female, was
created.

In Arabic, Hebrew, Aramaic, Turkish, Syriac, and so many

Eastern languages, the Anunnaki words Hayya’h and Hayat
mean the same thing: Life. But the most striking part of our
story is that the original name of Eve, the first woman, is not
Eve, but Hawwa, derived directly from Hayya. You see, Eve’s
name in the Bible is Hawwa, or Chavvah. In the Q uran it is
also Hawwa, and in every single Semitic and Akkadian
script, Eve is called Hawwa or Hayat, meaning the giver of
life, the source of the creation.
Now, if we combine An with Hayya’h or Hayat, we get
these results: Beginning; The very first; The ultimate; The
origin; Water + Life; Creation; Humans; Earth, where the
first was created; Woman. And the whole meaning becomes:
The origin of the creation, and first thing or person who
created the life of humans was a woman, or water.
Amazingly enough, in Anakh, woman and water mean the
same thing.
Woman represents water according to the Babylonian,
Sumerian and Anunnaki tablets, as clearly written in the
Babylonian-Sumerian account of Creation, Tablet 1.
 Well, no wonder then, that God has no gender in the
Anunnaki concept, I said. I found that very interesting,
when Marduchk told me about All That Is as the name of
God.
Yes, it all ties together rather nicely, even if it is a little
complicated, said Sinhar Inannaschamra.
A little? I said, laughing. I will have to think about this
for a long time before I am comfortable with the concepts.
But it is fascinating. I would like, moreover, to understand a
little better how the Anunnaki created the human race.
Well, it happenned around 65,000 B.C.E, said Sinhar
Inannaschamra. The Anunnaki, at that time, lived in the
regions you now call Iraq, known then as Mesopotamia,
Sumer and Babylon, and also Lebanon, known as Loubnan,
Phoenicia, or Phinikia. We taught your ancestors how to
write, speak, play music, build temples, and navigate, as
well as geometry, algebra, metallurgy, irrigation, and
astronomy, among other arts.
We had high hopes for this race, which we have created in
our image. But the human race disappointed us almost from
the beginning, for human beings were, and still are, cruel,
violent, greedy and ungrateful.
So, we gave up on you and left earth.
The few remaining Anunnaki living in Iraq and Lebanon
were killed by savage military legions from Greece, Turkey
and other nations of the region.
The Anunnaki left earth for good, or at least that was the
plan at the time. Other extraterrestrial races came to earth,
but these celestial visitors were not friendly and considerate
like the Anunnaki.
The new extraterrestrials had a different plan for
humanity, and their agenda included abduction of women
and children, animal mutilation, genetic experiments on
human beings, creating a new hybrid race, etc...
But you are still there, Sinhar Inannaschamra. And you
are still trying to help. Obviously, you would not have
projects such as you had with me if you had forgotten us…
No, we did not totally forget you. We could not... After all,
many of your women were married to Anunnaki, and some
of our women were married to humans.
Ancient history, the Bible, Sumerian Texts, Babylonian
scriptures, Phoenician tablets, and historical accounts from
around the globe did record these events. You can find
them, almost intact, in archeological sites in Iraq and
Lebanon, as well as in museums, particularly the British
Museum, the Iraqi Museum and the Lebanese Museum.
So how did you keep in touch with human civilization?
Before leaving you, we activated in your cells the
infinitesimally invisible multi-multi-microscopic gene of An-
Hayya’h . Yes, this is how it is all inter-connected… It was
implanted in your organism and it became a vital
component of your DNA. Humans are not yet aware of this,
just as they were unaware of the existence of their DNA for
thousands of years. As your medicine, science and
technology advance, you will be able, some day, to discover
that miniscule, invisible, undetectable An-Hayya’h molecule,
exactly as you have discovered your DNA.
An-Hayya’h cannot be detected yet in your laboratories. It
is way beyond your reach and your comprehension, but it is
extremely powerful, because it is the very source of your
existence. Through An-Hayya’h, we remained in touch with
you, even though you are not aware of it. It is linked directly
to a ‘Conduit’ and to a ‘Miraya’ (monitor/ mirror) on Nibiru.
Every single human being on the face of the earth is linked
to the outer-world of the Anunnaki through An-Hayya’h. And
it is faster than the speed of light. It reaches the Anunnaki
through ‘Ba’abs’ (star gates). It travels the universe and
reaches the ‘Miraya’ of the Anunnaki through the Conduit,
which was integrated in your genes and your cerebral cells
by the Anunnaki some 65,000 years ago.
The same Conduit I have now?
Yes, that same Conduit. Of course, humans cannot use it,
since it was not activated like yours. But hopefully some day
they will be able to.
And how do the Anunnaki receive the content of a
‘Conduit’ to allow them to watch over the humans? I asked.
Through the ‘Miraya’ which we created to function with
the Conduit and the An-Hayya’h, even though we felt that
you do not deserve it.
The Anunnaki have been watching you, monitoring your
activities, listening to your voices, witnessing your wars,
your brutality, your greed and indifference towards each
other for centuries. We did not interfere, at least not very
much.
But from my experience, you are returning?
Yes. We will, because we fear two things that could
destroy earth, and annihilate the human race. The
domination of earth and the human race by the Grays, and
the destruction of human life and the planet Earth at the
hands of humans. The whole earth could blow up. Should
this happen, the whole solar system could be destroyed. As
we know already, should anything happen to the Moon, the
earth will cease to exist.
Is there hope that we will change?
There is always hope. We are trying to change you. The
most delightful and comforting aspect of it, is the hope for
peace, a brighter future, and a better life that you can
accomplish and reach when you discover how to use it
without abusing it. Every one of you can do that.
I wonder how many humans I know will see such change
in their lifetime, I said wistfully.
Even when people die, their An-Hayya’h will always be
there for them to use before they depart earth. It will never
go away, because it is part of you. Without it you couldn’t
exist. Just before you die, your brain activates it for you.
Seconds before you die, your mind will project the
reenactment of all the events and acts, good and bad, in
your entire life, past, and ‘zoom’ you right toward your next
nonphysical destination, where and when you judge
yourself, your deeds, and your existence, and where you
decide whether you wish to elevate yourself to a higher
dimension, or stay in the state of nothingness and
loneliness, and for how long. Everything is up to the
individual.
So there is no death. Our minds live forever.
Indeed, there is no death. Your minds live on, and make
all the individual decisions about their future.
What about reincarnation? Do we return to earth, ever?
No, you will not return to earth, nor will your ‘soul’
migrate to another soul or another body. From the evidence
we have garnered, we know and not just believe, that there
is no such thing. And why would you wish to return to earth,
anyway?
Earth is the lowest sphere of existence for humans;
everything else is an improvement!
It’s good to know that you have not deserted us, Sinhar
Inannaschamra. It makes me feel safer, for myself and for
humanity.
 My dear Victoria, you are now a full Anunnaki, and you
will never, ever, be alone. But I understand your attachment
to your previous fellow humans.
There is no reason to worry about them. Humans are
always connected to the Anunnaki in this life and the next,
and in the future, we plan a much closer communication. So
please, go on to your mission with a lighter heart.
There is plenty of bright hope for everyone, even the
hybrids, I dare say. I went home, feeling much better about
life, the universe, and my mission.
As a matter of fact, I began to look forward to it as a new
adventure. And soon I will have a baby girl, too!
On the Greys
interbreeding program
with humans

Q uestion from Maxine Walters, Washington, D.C.

Q uestion:
What is the reason behind the Greys interbreeding program
with humans?

Answer:
As provided by Sinhar Anbar Anati, and as told by
Maximillien de Lafayette:

Very few people, on any planet, really understand the

Grays. I have made it my business to learn all I could about
them, and I will be able to help you.
In my trip to their lab, I felt nothing could be worse than
these beings, I said. They seem to me to be a constant
menace to everyone.
They are cruel, said Sinhar Inannaschamra. But I am
thinking about something else. Unless you know their
problem, all you see is a technological, highly qualified race
without heart or feelings, vicious, violent, and engaged in
senseless, merciless experiments. But there is more to it
than that. They are a dying civilization, desperately trying to
save themselves.
Dying civilization? How come? I asked, surprised. With
all their activity they seemed very much alive to me, and
extremely dangerous.
Have you ever heard of Progeria? On earth they also call
it Hutchinson-Gilford Syndrome, after the two scientists who
discovered it in 1886.
Yes, I have heard a little of it. Progeria victims are
children who age, really become old people, before they
even reach puberty. A parent nightmare, but very rare, I
should say.
On earth it is indeed very rare. On average, only one
child out of four to eight million births is born with Progeria.
It is a rare, and extremely frightening genetic disease,
resulting from spontaneous mutation in the sperm or egg of
the parents.
Yes, this is what I have always heard, I said.
The horror of this disease is that it has no cure. The child
is born, starts showing early symptoms, and begins to age
right away. The children remain tiny, rarely over four feet,
both boys and girls become bald, and all develop a large
cranium, a pointy nose and a receding chin, resulting in an
amazing resemblance to each other, almost as if they were
clones…
And then they die of old age, mostly in their teens but
often earlier, and there is nothing anyone can do for them.
They develop old age diseases – such as hardening of the
arteries – and often die of strokes or coronary disease, while
their poor parents have to watch helplessly.
The name Progeria is very appropriate. It means ‘before
old age,’ and expresses it very well.
 But what is the connection of the Progeria children to the
Grays? I asked, a frightening suspicion beginning to form in
my mind.
The civilization of the Grays is millions of years old, and
for eons, they have been degenerating. A huge percentage
of their population has Progeria, in varying degrees, and
because of that, they are threatened with extinction.
No one knows how many Grays are affected, and how many
are Progeria-free. We only meet those who are, at least for
the present, able to carry on their duties, with the help of
their advanced medical technology.
For all we know, there are millions of sick individuals hidden
from view on their home planet.
This is incredible, I said, shuddering.
You must also remember that the Grays do not reproduce
sexually. They used to, but not anymore. Also, they don’t
reproduce like the Anunnaki, either. For thousands of years,
they have been relying on cloning.
And that has damaged their DNA even further, creating
more and more cases of Progeria. They are dying out.
An entire civilization destroyed by Progeria… it is almost
impossible to believe, I said.
If you study the two groups, you will see strong
similarities between the Grays and Progeria children. I won’t
go into all of them, as the list could go on for days, but let’s
consider the most prominent ones. For one thing, Progeria
does not produce any form of dementia.

Both groups maintain their excellent mental faculties,

usually with high IQ , until they die. That is a very important
clue, but here are the others for your consideration:
Neither group ever grows much beyond four feet.
 Both have fragile, weak bodies, with thin arms and legs;
all their bones are thin, as a general rule.
Both groups are bald.
Grays have no sexual reproduction, most have no
genitalia at all. Progeria children never reach puberty.
Both have large heads by comparison to their bodies.
Both have receding chins and pointy noses. Within their
groups, they closely resemble each other. The Grays are
cloned; the Progeria children look as if they could have
been cloned.

So will the experiments they do help them survive?

That is what they hope for. They take the eggs and the
sperm from humans and combine them with Grays’ DNA.
Thus, they create the Hybrid children.
Those poor children. I pity them so.
They are not exactly what you think, Victoria. I pity them
too, but you must realize that they are closer to the Grays in
their character and behavior than they are to humans.
What are they like?
The first generation Hybrids are smaller than human
children. They tend to follow the growth pattern of the Gray
parent – and by now you know this is a very fragile one.
They are even smaller than Progeria babies. The retardation
of growth begins before birth.
When you say ‘first generation does it mean that they
go on mixing the genetic material?
Yes, that is exactly what they do. The Hybrids may or
may not have Progeria, but naturally, the more human DNA
that is mixed into the species, the more chances there are
of eliminating the bad genes. So they breed the Hybrids
with more human DNA, always hoping to eradicate the
disease, never quite succeeding. That is why they have to
get fresh human specimens all the time.
Do you think they have a chance of survival?
No, personally I don’t think they have a chance. I think
they are doomed. But many Anunnaki disagree with me. At
any rate, there is nothing we can do either way.
Do you think the authorities on earth know about all
that? Like the governments of various countries? Why isn’t
something being done about it?

Sinhar Inannaschamra looked at me silently. Her big black

Anunnaki eyes were suddenly full of such sorrow, such deep
sadness, that I did not know how to react. Finally she said,
Yes, they do know. I have to tell you the truth, Victoria,
even though it breaks my heart to do so. Almost all earth
governments have made a deal with the Grays. They supply
them with humans.
I jumped on my feet, completely horrified. They do that?
They sell humans to the Grays for torture and killing? What
do they gain?
Can’t you guess? said Sinhar Inannaschamra quietly.
The Grays give them the technology they crave. They have
learned so much from the Grays, and they mostly use it for
military purposes. Humans are not kind to each other. Look
at all the wars, torture, genocide, holocausts… all part of
human history, and still taking place.
Unfortunately, this is true, I said.
Anyway, there are various places on earth where these
activities can be studied, such as military bases, mostly
located underground, in many countries. Some day you will
spend some time there, I am sure.
 Well, I said, trying to recover from the shock. I can’t
answer for the earth’s governments, but I can try to help.
Indeed you can. We are trying, in many ways, to alleviate
the situation, even though, as I’ve explained before, we
cannot police the whole universe, or even the entire earth.
Do you think I should go and take a look at the Hybrids,
as part of my education?
Yes, I think the best thing to do would be to take you on a
field trip. You must meet these Hybrids face to face before
you make your decision about the mission. But there is
something else I wanted to talk to you about. This mission
will have to be on earth, you know. There are no Hybrid
bases anywhere else, certainly not on Nibiru. You will be
alone for long periods. We don’t go back and forth to earth
very often, which means that you will have to spend years
on earth, except from short vacations.
Marduchk told me he had committed himself to work with
those apelike creatures he shape-shifted into, and scared
me so much after our wedding. That means, I am sure, that
he will be away for extended periods of time as well, doesn’t
it?
Yes, that is how we all live. My husband is on missions all
the time. Most of us are. I used to go to distant places, also,
even though currently my mission is teaching fulltime at the
Academy.
But are Marduchk and I going to be completely isolated
from each other for all these years?
No, of course not. Now that you have your Conduit
opened, you can talk to each other every single day you
spend apart, and every few years, you can meet for a
vacation.
 That does not sound too bad, I said. I will miss
Marduchk and all of you very much, but what are a few
years? You have given me the hope of living a very long and
useful life, and Marduchk has begun to teach me about the
next phase of eternity, which is not yet entirely clear to me
but very comforting, nonetheless. I am trying very hard to
absorb it all. In that light, I would be willing to make the
effort without any regrets. There is only one thing… I am not
sure if you will think it is a good idea…
I can sense what it is, Victoria. You want a child.
Was I that transparent?
It was to be expected. Anyone who has had to give a
baby up for adoption, the way you so heroically did, would
want another baby. That is only natural. But why shouldn’t
you? Why did you think it an idea that would not appeal to
me?
Because I would have to leave the child on Nibiru when I
finally go on the mission. Another abandonment.
First of all, you did not abandon your son. You insisted on
knowing all the conditions, you were assured of the loving
family and wonderful future he was going to have. And as
for the next child, surely you see that our system here is
extremely family oriented.
When you go on your mission, let’s say when the child is
somewhere between five and ten, you will have an entire
family ready to take over.
Think about it – the baby’s father, aunt, uncle, nieces, and
not to mention her loving great-great-great-grandmother
ten times removed, namely me – will all be there, loving this
child. And you can talk to the baby every single day through
the Miraya, see each other during vacations, and come back
long before the child graduates from the Academy. I don’t
think your mission will take seventy-one years, and frankly, I
see no abandonment issues here at all.
What will Marduchk think?
He would probably love the idea! He likes children. Not all
Anunnaki choose to have children, you know. Some never
do, some only have one or two and then spend thousands of
years without further reproduction. It’s entirely a matter of
free will. Those who want children are of course encouraged
to have them whenever they please, since they make
excellent parents. Those who do not wish to raise children
are never pressured into having them. And remember,
Victoria, you can have more children after you come back
from your mission, if you choose to do so. It is always your
choice, and time does not play any part in it.
I was quiet for a few minutes. Being raised on earth had
eroded so much of the self-confidence and poise all
Anunnaki possess. Well, I will have to work on becoming
more like them, that is all.
This time I will have the baby Anunnaki style, I said,
feeling better every minute, in the tube. So I can freely
study and travel during the time before it is ready for its
birth.
Incidentally, you can decide in advance if you want a boy
or a girl, said Sinhar Inannaschamra, matter of factly.
I’ll consult Marduchk about that, I said. He may have a
preference. I don’t care if it is a boy or a girl. I just want a
healthy baby.
Well, that is a given. You will have a perfect baby, every
time. And tomorrow, come back and I’ll take you on the field
trip. I think meeting the Hybrids will be a very interesting
experience.
 I went home, and as I was waiting for Marduchk to come
back from the Akashic Library, I strolled in the garden,
breathing in the evening air and the scent of the opening
night blooming flowers. I saw Marduchk approaching and
waved at him.
You got your Conduit opened! he said right away. I can
sense it.
Indeed, I said. Shall we try to communicate
telepathically? Let’s see if I am good at it.
Do you know how to start it? asked Marduchk.
I do. I did something in my mind, which regrettably I
cannot explain to anyone who has not activated their
Conduit, and the Conduit opened, first a little hesitantly,
then fully. It was a surprisingly easy, extremely pleasant and
effortless way to conduct a conversation.

I related to Marduchk everything that happened, in detail,

and a conversation that would have taken about an hour
was accomplished in a few minutes.

As for the great decision (namely the child, not the

mission), Marduchk was charmed by the idea. A daughter,
he communicated, meditatively, if you don’t mind. I had
two sons, but I have never had a daughter… it would be a
nice experience.
Fine with me, I communicated back. And when I come
back, we might consider having more. I love children.
Certainly, if you wish, Marduchk communicated. I find
raising children extremely nice. And so the decision was
made, and I felt very, very happy.
 This is a good time to explain something regarding
Anunnaki fatherhood. Earth readers might wonder how the
Anunnaki male feels about children, since he does not
contribute sperm, and the fertilization of the eggs, as I have
explained in a previous chapter, occurs by the activation of
the specialized light.
Does the Anunnaki male see himself as the father to his
wife’s natural children?
The answer is a resounding yes.
The Anunnaki do not put much weight on trifling physical
matters, such as the use of sperm. The Anunnaki couple is
an inseparable unit, and whichever way a child comes into
their lives, the child is secure of a having a loving father. I
wish the same could be said of all human fathers – whether
they do or do not contribute sperm.
Are the Anunnaki going
to take over Earth?

Q uestions by Reverend Nancy Santos.

Q uestion : Is one of these Anunnaki Gods going to take

over the earth after the pole shift?

Answer:
No! For two reasons:
1-The pole is not going to shift. So don’t worry. This is
based upon mainstream science. However, it could shift
as it did before, millions of years ago. But scientists are
not concerned. They are absolutely sure that no shift
will occur anytime soon.
2- If the Anunnaki intend to take over Earth, they will
not wait until the pole shift. They can do it any time, at
will. But they are not interested at all.

Read the section on the final warning.

Dear Sandra, you have to remember that the Anunnaki are
not territorial. Besides, planet Earth is meaningless to them.
We, as human beings are not interesting enough to the
Anunnaki. Our natural resources are found on numerous
planets, readily accessible to the Anunnaki.
There are 7 galaxies in the cosmos filled with natural
resources available to the Anunnaki, and these resources
are not contaminated. We think that we are the center of
the universe, because we are arrogant and pretentious. In
fact, very very very few alien civilizations are aware of our
existence. And they have no interest whatsoever of paying a
visit to us. However, and according to Stephen William
Hawking, it is not a good idea to try to reach other
civilizations in the universe. He warned us. Now, this does
not mean that other alien races are not visiting our planet.
Some have visited Earth several times, as part of their
galactic excursions.
They came and they left. Nevertheless, the intraterrestrial
aliens are still here.
Why?
It is very simple: They lived here millions of years before we
were created. This is why we call them the intraterrestrials.
They are not humans, and they live in isolated areas and
aquatic habitats. These races are peaceful to a certain
degree, as long as, the human race will not jeopardize the
safety of Earth.

So in conclusion, the Anunnaki are not going to take over

the Earth. But please do remember, that we are expecting a
global communication/contact/rapport with them in 2022.
Human race: The
Anunnaki creation of a
new human race after
2022

Q uestion by Raoul Mondragon, Vera Cruz, Mexico.

Q uestion: I am very worried by what you have written on

the subject of the return of the Anunnaki in 2022? Is it for
real? Are they going to change the way we look? Are they
going to get rid of us and replace us with a new human
race? What kind?

Answer:
What kind of a new human race are we talking about?
A new genetic race?
A bio-genetic race?
A new race with new physical characteristics and different
physiognomy?
None of the above, said the Honorable Master Li. He
added verbatim, word for word, and unedited: The physical
form of humans will not change.
Unless, the Anunnaki will take us back to the primordial
Chimiti (Akkadian word for the genetic lab tubes, used by
the Anunnaki to create an early form of human beings.) And
this is very unlikely, even impossible. The changes will occur
on different levels, and almost instantly.”
Russian Underwater
Bases

Q uestions by author Angelique Doudnikova, based upon her

interviews with Maximillien de Lafayette, and excerpts taken
from one of her forthcoming books: Dialogues with the Last
of the Anunnaki-Ulema Masters living among us.

Q uestion: Is it true that a massive Russian underwater

base exists one mile deep in the Marianas trench in the
Pacific ocean? If so, what activities/research/experiments
are going on there? Do the Chinese have one too?
Answer:
Yes, it is true. The Russians have a massive underwater base
that was created in 1969, to study an extraterrestrial
underwater navigation system called Aquatic Plasma
Corridors .
This corridor is undetectable by satellite, sonar or any other
underwater detection system.
Not all branches of the Russian Navy were aware of the
creation/existence of this base.
During one of their naval maneuvers just outside the
perimeter of this Russian underwater base, six frogmen
from one of the Russian submarines encountered three alien
frogmen in metallic suits underneath a massive metallic
object.
Both the Russian and alien frogmen were roughly at a depth
of one hundred to one hundred and twenty feet. The alien
frogmen were wearing what appeared underwater to be
metallic suits of indeterminable and interchanging colors
that morphed from a silvery white to bluish to grey.
One of the Russian frogmen stated that when he tried to
approach these three, he was blocked by what seemed to
be an invisible underwater forcefield, created by the alien
frogmen as a protection sheild.
The Russian frogman’s oxygen tanks started to fail and he
quickly lost consciousness and started sinking but was
saved by one of his fellow divers.
After being rescued, he described the alien frogmen as
being 8ft to 11ft tall, as he saw them underwater. And none
of them had any visible oxygen tanks/breathing apparatus
attached to them. In the secret debriefing that followed, the
Russian diver who saved his fellow frogman, said that when
he too tried to approach this massive foreign submerged
object, he encountered what felt like a solid transparent wall
surrounding the object.
He later described it as an oval glass box, surrounding this
mysterious submerged object which also shielded it from
contact with the ocean’s water.
After the fall of the Berlin wall, and ensuing collapse of the
Soviet Empire, rumors started circulating within the military
and scientific community, that this bizarre event was in fact
a joint Russian-extraterrestrial operation designed to explore
the effects of the underwater plasma corridor on it’s
environment in the ocean, and on humans, as well as their
psychological and psychosomatic reaction to encountering
the corridor and seeing the alien frogmen and the ship itself.
Two decades later in Lake Baikal, other Russian navy
frogmen encountered similar 9ft silver swimmers who also
had no visible breathing apparatus.
While these encounters are largely unknown to the general
public, military scientists with top clearance are well aware
of them, and have worked on similar projects in different
underwater bases, such as the one known to us as AUTEC,
which is located off Andros Island in the Bahamas.
These massive underwater military bases, whether they be
Russian, or American or Chinese, look from the surface to be
rectangular/traditional compound structures.
However upon entering them underwater, they expand in all
directions, and are extremely extensive. And all of them are
joint human-alien operations.
Starting from the second underwater level, compartments
are divided into large operation rooms, separated by
elaborate long corridors, curving at 90 degrees every
hundred feet or so, with doors that can drop down from the
ceiling to seal off segments in the event of radiation
leakage, or any matter related to internal security.
One of the interesting characteristics of these doors in the
corridors is the circular porthole-like windows within what is
a whitish metal of extraterrestrial origin.
None of these metallic alloys are possible here due to
earth’s gravity, and as such have to be done in orbit aboard
the Space Shuttle. Interestingly enough, this technology has
been shared by American, Russian and Israeli military
scientists.
At one time British and French scientists complained of
being left out of the loop, to which the Americans responded
very candidly We don’t trust Europeans – especially the
French! To which the French retorted that they would
withhold all information garnered from the Cassini-Huygens
mission to Saturn…
An American three star general was quick to respond by
saying This is not the first time you Europeans have
withheld information from us. Remember the Belgian
incident? (Aurora) The mode of transportation down to the
underwater base and within the base is also fascinating.
From the surface, one enters a craft that looks like a silvery
metallic spinning top, approximately 8ft in diameter, that
can comfortably accommodate four passengers, and
corkscrews its way downwards centrifugally around a rod
using a form of magnetic propulsion for what seems to be a
only a few seconds down to an unknown depth. (With a
cheeky smile, M. de Lafayette added that he did not think
the Chinese yet had this technology.)
From the second underwater level on down, the Spinning
Mobile Satellite (SMS) travels horizontally and reaches its
final destination at an undisclosed level of the base at which
it again dives into water. It is at that level/destination that
you will find the habitat and work center of the Grays.
Only the highest level personnel with top clearance can go
there. Not even President Barack Obama or Vice-president
Joe Biden, or any member of Congress/Senate are allowed
access to that level at these facilities.
This clearance status was decided upon (jointly) by the NSA,
the CIA, the United States Air Force, the DOD and NASA.
Even the FBI has been excluded from this exclusive little
club.
Maximillien de Lafayette personally told me that in his
opinion, this is perfectly appropriate, since politicians come
and go, whilst the military are sworn to secrecy, the average
career of top military brass are thirty or more years, and
they take their secrets with them to the grave.
M. de Lafayette then went on to give the example of Jesse
The Body Ventura, former WWF wrestler, and one time
governor of Minnesota, who kept all the secrets sealed from
the public while in office, yet is now spilling the beans on his
own conspiracy show on television!! Worth mentioning here
also, is the fact that Lafayette loves Ventura, but were he
General Jesse Ventura he would have kept his mouth shut.

Jesse The Body Ventura.

When I asked M. de Lafayette whether he thought the

people had a right to know all these things, including the
joint human-alien ventures, he replied by saying Absolutely
not! At the present time, so as not to shatter the fabric of
our society and cause complete chaos and total anarchy,
this information should be withheld and only gradually
released to the public as set forth in the U.S.-extraterrestrial
protocol, because humans have to be mentally prepared, in
order to meet the extraterrestrial.”
Anunnaki Prevention of
Use of Nuclear Weapons

Q uestion by Angelique Doudnikova.

Q uestion: Will the Anunnaki intervene to prevent possible

aggressive use of atomic/thermonuclear weapons against
other nation(s) prior to, and/or during their return in 2022?
Photo: Benazir Bhutto

Answer:
From yet undisclosed data, Maximillien de Lafayette said the
most imminent threat will come not from Iran, but from
Pakistan, an as yet highly unlikely surprise scenario.

Benazir Bhutto knew of this, spoke about it behind closed

doors, and was assassinated soon after.

Maximillien de Lafayette added that he found it very childish

and ridiculous when American ufologists wrote on subjects
pertaining to extraterrestrials and nuclear issues since they
are absolute outsiders.
Nowhere in their books have they ever written on the
Anunnaki and their Ba’abs. Why are some of the Ba’abs so
extremely important?
According to Maximillien de Lafayette, they lead to the
parallel dimensions of the Anunnaki, and the beginning of
time, where the God-Particle/Higgs Boson can be found,
which is the reason for the building of CERN’s Large Hadron
Collider (LHC).

Through the Miraya – a cosmic screen/monitor with a vast

depot of data that informs the Anunnaki of past, present and
future events occurring in non-linear form, and in different
galaxies by which the Anunnaki can monitor the activities of
humans on Earth, the Grays, Reptilians, Nordics, Lyrans,
Dracos, Plaeidians etc, and envoys from various other
galactic civilizations wrongly identified and referred to as
The Galactic Federation/Council .

According to Maximillien de Lafayette, there is no way for a

medium/channeler/psychic to the stars sitting in his/her
apartment in Wala Wala, or Biloxi, Mississippi or in the
swamps of Louisiana, listening to Willie Nelson’s On the
Road Again to access this Miraya and reveal the secrets of
the Universe.
The Anunnaki will definitely intervene if a nuclear explosion
were seen on the Miraya screen to happen near a Ba’ab
connected to their galaxy, close to the membrane of the
Universe that could cause chaos and disequilibrium in the
eleventh dimension of the Universe.
Maximillien de Lafayette added that this is all very possible,
since the speech given by Adolf Hitler at the 1936 Berlin
Olympics, can still be heard in different worlds, as can the
Sermon that was given by Yeshuah (Jesus) on the Mount of
Olives. Both can be heard in the Time-Space Depository . A
bank of information, that Nikola Tesla accidentally tapped
into.
 Nikola Tesla.

American history has been unfair to Tesla and given his

credits to the greedy and egotistical Edison. Everyone on
the planet using A/C electricity today should give thanks
and praise to Nikola Tesla and not Thomas Edison.
On another note, Maximillien de Lafayette said that only
humans on earth refer to space-time. All other
extraterrestrial sentient beings use the term time-space to
define the limits of the known universe.
Who will survive the
return of the Anunnaki?

Q uestion by Angelique Doudnikova.

Q uestion: What percentage of the world’s population will

survive the return of the Anunnaki, to become part of the
new human race after 2022?

Note: Maximillien de Lafayette asked me if I thought this

was such an important question. To which I replied, that
finding out from the Ulema, that only one in ten of every
person on the planet will return, means that ninety percent
of earth’s human population will be annihilated.

Answer:
Maximillien de Lafayette, then told me to calculate the
dimensions of the Ziggurat of Enki in Ur (in Iraq), to find the
number of earth’s population that would survive which had
been predicted millennia ago.
And all this while he looked out from the window of his
Manhattan apartment at eight fifteen in the morning, after a
late night - no an all night interview.
How many other
Anunnaki will be part of
the return?

Q uestions by Angelique Doudnikova.

Q uestion: Though the return will be led by Sinhars

Marduchk and Inannaschamra, how many other Anunnaki
will be part of the return?
And how many Anunnaki guides will there be, for humans
who will be saved and returned to earth after the cleansing?
Answer:
That is a very normal way for a purely human mind to ask
such a question. The truth is: the galactic mind of the
extraterrestrials functions differently.
Consequently, the alien mode of operation becomes totally
incomprehensible to our mind, and instead of focusing on
how many military personnel they might send, we should
focus on how many I.S.Ms they will operate at close
proximity to Earth. This stands for Intelligent Satellite
Module .
Each module is approximately 8ft to 10ft in diameter, made
of fibro-metal , an alloy of elements not found on Earth,
which is cone shaped on the top half and oval shaped on the
bottom half. Worth mentioning here, the Gray aliens have
craft similar to the I.S.M. being smaller in diameter at 6ft
to 8ft wide.
These were witnessed by farmers in the mid-west several
times, and reported on cable T.V.
The purpose of the Gray’s I.S.Ms, was to scan particular
areas in the United States for several military strategic
reasons, such as creating an atmospheric shield network
which could alter the fabric of weather and be used to
control climatic/atmospheric conditions over a chosen
area/country.
This military ecological weapon system produces tsunamis,
earthquakes, mysterious underground detonations,
complete destruction of all types of agriculture, forests and
natural resources (crops, trees, orchards, and every kind of
plant).
Have we seen these kinds of catastrophic events recently in
different parts of the world?
Whilst the Gray I.S.Ms require a complicated operational
structure, encompassing large numbers of military
personnel, one Anunnaki can handle up to one thousand of
their I.S.M. machines.
They will be using the Shabka - a cosmic net, made up of
anti-radar emissions and rays that not even N.O.R.A.D. can
detect. The Gray/Earth joint program I.S.M.’s are detectable
and clearly visible to the naked eye, whilst the Anunnaki
I.S.Ms are totally invisible and completely undetectable, as
they jump from one time-space pocket to another.

Worth mention here to all our readers: The difference

between time-space travel and space-time travel is this:
In the mode of time-space, the human mind cannot yet
understand it, nor can the eyes see it, as we do not yet fully
comprehend the concept of time. In space-mode time
however, human eyes can glimpse the craft, for a split
second before it vanishes/jumps to another pocket. Only in
this instance, does the space-time appear linearly to
humans.
One Anunnaki I.S.M. module is capable of covering up to
9,000 square miles.
These mini-spaceship machines will be interconnected
through a massive net of rays that will seal off the Earth’s
atmosphere when the Anunnaki return. The number of
Anunnaki who will be operating this return mission is as yet
unknown. Very few Anunnaki personnel will be needed to
operate this enterprise.
When this massive net of rays is interwoven, it forms a dark
gray gluey substance that appears to us as a blend of
burning metal, bark and rubber with the most awful foul
odor imaginable!! The ghastly and noxious odor itself is
enough to kill people. Light from the sun will be completely
blocked out, as this gluey substance, known to the Anunnaki
as Zafta , forms a solid eggshell-like casing around the
entire planet from which there will be no escape.
This will truly be the end of the world, and life on Earth as
we know it.
Sorry all you 2012 believers, but Maximillien de Lafayette
says it ain’t gonna happen!! He will be inviting all of you to
a big banquet come January 1st 2013 in Acapulco, Mexico
with free Margaritas and Bloody Mary’s cocktails to go round
till the sun goes down – no cover charge!!
Efficient energy systems
of the Anunnaki.

Q uestion by Angelique Doudnikova.

Q uestion: What kind of clean and efficient energy systems,

and modes of transportation will the Anunnaki introduce
after 2022? Answer:
After the cleansing is done, no oil, coal, natural gas, or any
other carbon based fuels will be used to power any car,
machinery or mechanical equipment/apparatus.
Energy to power all of the above will be provided via
satellites which harness cosmic energy.
By then even solar energy will be regarded as an archaic
and rudimentary form of harnessing energy.
This will be made possible by the process of opening the
Anunnaki cosmic Ba’abs, which are also the stargates to
multiple dimensions.
Eleven of these Ba’abs exist, within the multi-dimensional
cosmic landscape, adjacent to Earth.

Grand Central Station in downtown Chicago.

Stargate over Chicago

Q uestions from Matt Hoxtell, Chicago.

Q uestions: Is there a stargate/Ba’ab in Chicago?

Where exactly is it located, and what does it look like?
How would you jump into a ba’ab?
Is it part of the Anunnaki evacuation plan for humans upon
their return in 2022?
Answer:
There is a huge cosmic Ba’ab/stargate over Chicago. But
this one is quite unique, because it is called a Madkhaal,
which means in Ana’kh, an entrance, rather than a stargate.
 Madison Square Garden.

Not all stargates are identical, nor do they function

in the same manner. There are stargates that lead
to another (singular) world, an incomprehensible
world of bent time-space. And there are stargates
that lead you into parallel dimensions adjacent to
our world.
The one over Chicago leads you towards a
dimension where time and space are no longer
linear. In this dimension, the laws of physics as
they are known to us on earth no longer apply.

The Madkhaal is located above Grand Central Station in

downtown Chicago.
It is oval and vibrates like a rubber band, very similar to a
multiverse membrane, found in the perimeter of the eleven
dimensions mentioned in contemporary quantum physics.
It is neither visible to the naked eye nor can it be detected
by any apparatus on Earth. Also worth mentioning here, is
the subject of the Anomaly of Stargates.

Stargates do vary in size, function, purpose and mobility,

just like the extraterrestrial underwater plasma corridors,
used to navigate our seas and oceans, as stated by
Maximillien de Lafayette on the History channel’s show
UFO Hunters .

The stargate in New York City, which is located

over Madison Square Garden, is twice the size of
that over Central Station in downtown Chicago.
Travel to and from the Chicago stargate is possible
at particular times, however travel through the
Madison Square Garden Ba’ab is a one way street.
Maximillien de Lafayette recommends this ba’ab
for all televangelists and divorce lawyers!!
Since the Ba’abs are at least 900ft – 1,700ft above
ground, it is not possible to jump into a Ba’ab. At
the time of the return of the Anunnaki, an
electromagnetic fog will suck up the people with
light to medium contamination, as set forth by the
Anunnaki’s return protocol.
Signs before the return
of the Anunnaki

Q uestion by Angelique Doudnikova.

Q uestion: What are the signs that people will see in the
skies the day before the Anunnaki return, and where will
they be seen?

Answer:
One year before the return of the Anunnaki, around the end
of the year 2021, the governments of many countries will
start to circulate publications and manuals describing signs
that will indicate the appearance 0f extraterrestrial craft
visible to the public at large.
M. de Lafayette said he is convinced that many Bishops and
Archbishops in the United States and England have already
been briefed on the subject, and were secretly asked to
cooperate on the redaction of material, that would suitably
marry religious dogma with intelligent design , as well as
the frightening arrival of extraterrestrials to our planet.

Ironically, four major Anunnaki stargates will be activated

and opened, which religious leaders will also interpret as the
arrival of the Four Horsemen as stated in the Book of
Revelation, and will be urging believers to run to their
churches and pray. Readers and believers of the Left
Behind series will have another shot at redemption…(Not!!)
Meanwhile, from the end of 2021 to November 30th, 2022
American citizens will have the most unusual evacuation
display of UFOs/USOs of all shapes and sizes (oval,
circular,crescent-shaped, triangular, cylindrical and every
other shape witnessed, reported and ridiculed by the media,
military disinformers and debunkers alike.) These are the
vehicles of the Gray aliens jointly operated with the military.
Anunnaki’s tool of
annihilation

Q uestion by Angelique Doudnikova.

Q uestion: Who/what created the tool of annihilation that

the Anunnaki will use when they return?

Answer:
The Tool of Annihilation was created by the Majlas – the
Anunnaki High Council, as stated by Sinhar Anbar Anati,
specifically for the purpose of cleansing the earth from all its
contamination upon their return in 2022.
This tool of annihilation will be utilized in the event of hostile
situations, where uninformed rednecks (Back in the saddle
again) and other surburbanites will pull out their hunting
rifles and shotguns to shoot at spaceships belonging to the
most advanced race in the known universe.
According to Maximillien de Lafayette Those are the ones
who are going to get it first!
 PART THREE
The World of the Anunnaki and
Ulema: Q & A
Q uestions answered by Ulema Maximillien de Lafayette
 Tammuz and Ishtar (Sumerian Inanna).

On divination and Tarot reading

Q uestion: Do the Ulema believe in divination and Tarot
card reading? At the beginning I was skeptical but after
having consulted a Tarot reader, I became a believer.
She predicted things nobody knew or heard about.
Sometimes her predictions touched on a very personal
note. So my question to you is this: Is the Tarot
something your people accept? Is it a game or the real
thing?
Answer
Q uestion: If your answer is yes, then would you please
explain the difference between regular Tarot cards and
Ulema Tarot cards?
Answer
Q uestion: OK, would I be able to learn about my future if
I use the Ulema Tarot cards?
Answer
Q uestion: Is there a particular book on the Anunnaki-
Ulema Tarot? If so, who wrote it? Is it about the past,
present or the future? What did the Ulema say about the
future? Is it already written for us? Can we change our
future?
Answer

On inner bio-rhythm, bad luck, good luck and

Anunnaki
Q uestion: Is it true what some mediums have said that
some people are conditioned by a bio-rhythm that
creates good luck and bad luck? If so, can we change
this rhythm and become luckier, if we were not so lucky
 in the first place? Was this rhythm created by the
Anunnaki when they manipulated our DNA?
Answer

On ghosts, entities, holographic projections, and the

40 days period after death
Q uestion: I know you don’t believe in ghost stories, but
what about the idea that sometimes people see
themselves like a ghost. I read about this in a Celtic
story where a prince saw himself getting killed. Is it a
hallucination or a prediction? By the way, the prince saw
himself like a ghost, and in fact he got killed short after.
So, if seeing ourselves as a ghost, is it an indication that
something bad is going to happen to us? Could it be
holographic projection, such as those images projected
by aliens to impress or frighten abductees?
Answer

L iving continuously in 3 diff erent time-space zones

and Anunnaki
Q uestion: On the Science Channel, Dr Michio Kaku said
the universe is expanding, and there are many
universes he called multiverses where people live in
different time and space zones
Is this something the Ulema can do?
Answer

On Anunnaki purifi cation and a new identity

Q uestion: You wrote somewhere about Anunnaki
purification, and the new identity a young Anunnaki
receives after a purification ceremony on Nibiru. What
do you mean by purification? Since you do not believe in
the existence of SOUL, what are you talking about?
Purify what? Dirty laundry?
Assuming what you have said is true – I don’t believe a
bit of it – can you tell me in plain English how does this
 purification stuff happen and for what purpose?
Answer
I. Definition
II. Annunaki purification and its relation to water in
Judaism, Essene’s sect, and Christianity
III. Anunnaki’s Nif-Malka-Roo’h-Dosh
IV. Creation of the mental Conduit

Were dinosaurs created by extraterrestrials?

Answer

The lost continent of MU’s connection with the

Anunnaki
Q uestion: This is the most important question for me. In
any of the books I read, I haven’t come across any
information about the lost continent of MU’s connection
with the Anunnaki. I assume you know lots of things
about it. According to James Churchward’s books, MU
was even older than Atlantis and home of human
civilization. Humans migrated from MU to all over the
world.
But we already know that Anunnaki were in
Mesopotamia. So what about it? What can you tell me
about the lost continent of MU?
Answer
I. Introduction/Mythological backgound
II. Scientific/geological facts
III. Anunnaki-Ulema views
IV. So, what did we learn from all this?

Where are the Anunnaki now and why don’t they

interfere in our planet?
Q uestion: Where is the Anunnaki race right now and
why don’t they interfere in our planet anymore?
Answer
Don’t ever underestimate the power of your mind!
Q uestion: I can’t understand how you could write so
many books in a such a short time? Do you use some
sort of magic or a supernatural power? You know what,
some are spreading rumors that the overwhelming
number of your books you wrote were made by a
machine and because of this you are a machine.
Answer…

Scanning brilliant minds to create a SuperBaby !

Q uestion: I am not sure who has said aliens can scan
our brains and create a new species of babies for their
hybrid program. Is it true?
Can they do that? And how it is done?
Answer

On the Ulema-Anunnaki group administration

Q uestion: Is the Ulema-Anunnaki group administered by
men or a matriarch woman as I have heard?
Answer

The relationship between our mind, body and cellular

memory
Q uestion: What is the relationship between our mind,
body and cellular memory?
Answer

Anunnaki-Phoenician Chavad nitrin and the

immortality of the gods
Q uestion: I am originally from Byblos(Jbeil) in Lebanon,
and we Lebanese are descendants of the Crusaders who
have learned some of the secrets of the Anunnaki in
Lebanon and Jerusalem. I have heard that my ancestors
the Phoenicians have used a product similar to athletes’
steroids. This product I was told was also used by the
 Egyptian Pharaohs. Could you please tell me more about
it?
Answer

Hidden entrances to other worlds and dimensions,

right here on Earth
Q uestion: Do UFOs and extraterrestrials use galactic
entrances and space-time corridors to enter and exit our
world? How many are there? Are they visible to the
naked eye?
Answer
a-Entrance to the next-life
b-Entrance to the fourth dimension
c-Entrance to the parallel dimension

Paranormal mirror and extraterrestrials: Mirrors that

remember their previous owners
Q uestion: I read a small article on a mysterious antique
mirror that caused the death of it’s owner, because, as
it was explained in the articles, the mirror had a
vengeful memory against one owner. There are people
who believe that the mirrors had an extraterrestrial
origin and were contaminated by aliens. Logically, they
said the contamination killed people. What is your
personal opinion?
Answer
I. Introduction
II. The story
III. Italian philosopher Tommaso Campanella’s
explanation
IV. Paris Academy of Science
V. Parapsychology
VI. Psychology and metalogic
VII. Extraterrestrial influence
Q uestion: What type of civilization are the Anunnaki at
this moment in time?
 A Type One, Two, Three, or other type of civilization?
Type One, according to Professor Michio Kaku, a
theoretical physicist from New York University, is a
civilization that gets their energy from all planets. Type
Two Civilization is getting energy from their, Mother Sun
only! Type Three Civilization gets their energy from all
the suns in our universe and the next
Answer

Anunnaki’s immaturity, emotional control, sin,

jealousy?
Q uestion: Have the Anunnaki matured away from their
immaturity in emotional control, past stories of jealousy,
power, etc., sin?
Answer
1-The Akkadian clay tablets texts
2-The Bible
3- Phoenicia/Anatolia texts and archeological finds

Anunnaki management skills

Q uestion: Have they learned to manage their emotions
and improve their management skills?
Answer

The Anunnaki’s God: A critical God?

Q uestion: Is the Anunnaki a Critical God? No
forgiveness, no exceptions, as in an eye for an eye and
a tooth for a tooth?
Answer

Benevolent and malevolent Anunnaki gods

Q uestion: Is there a benevolent and a malevolent
faction of Anunnaki Gods?
Answer
Clairvoyance; Telepathy between members of the
same family
Q uestion: Is there clairvoyance (Telepathy) between
members of the same family
Answer
On the Anunnaki’s creation of early humans and
Earth original species
Q uestion: Were the quasi-humans the Anunnaki
encountered (when they first came to earth), a natural
product of evolution, or genetically manipulated by the
Igigi /prior E.T. ?
Answer
Q uestion: Have we ever found skeletons and bones of
them and what do we call them? (Australopithecus,
Afarensis, Homo habilis, Erectus, Cro-magnon?)
Answer

All human beings do not come from the same origin

Q uestion: Have the Anunnaki created/genetically
upgraded species on other planets? If so, what has been
the outcome?
Answer
Q uestion: Page 138 of book one of the three books of
Ramadosh mentions that though we are all human
beings, we do not come from the same origin. Some
were born here on Earth, others were born somewhere
else, in some other dimensions and far different
spheres. Can you please explain in further detail what
do you mean by that, and by us being created according
to different specifications?
Answer
I. Introduction
II. First category of humans
Man (Humans) created on Earth from clay
III. Second category of humans
 Akama-ra
IV. An’th-Khalka
V. The Earth-made human creatures created from a cell
VI. The space-made human creatures
VII. The Basharma early creatures
VIII. Metabolism created an early human-like form
IX. Bashar category
XI. The Shula with programmed brains
At the time we were created, three things happened to
us
a-The Brain Motor
b- The vibrational dimension
c-The Conduit= Health/Youth/ Longevity
XII. The Shula species
XIII. The Emim
XIV. Ezakarerdi, E-zakar-erdi Azakar.Ki
XV. Ezeridim
XVI. Fari-narif Fari-Hanif
XVII. The Anunnaki-Ulema from Ashtari

Anunnaki-Ulema esoteric and mind-power techniq ues

Q uestion: What techniques and practices can help us
become more spiritual and more open to the
‘paranormal’ such as seeing auras, ghosts or spirits,
seeing into the future etc?
What effect can this awakening have on our lives?
Answer
1-Gomari Gumaridu technique
2-Gomatirach-Minzari technique
From Ulema Mordechai’s Kira’at (Reading)
3-Gubada-Ari technique
Synopsis of the Theory
4-Cadari-Rou’yaa technique
5-Chabariduri technique
6-Daemat-Afnah technique
7-Da-Irat technique
 8-Dudurisar technique
9-Arawadi technique
10-Baaniradu technique
11-Baridu technique
12-Bisho-barkadari Bukadari technique

On the old way of thinking

Q uestion: A lot of spiritual teachers tell us that the mind
with all its conditioning, becomes a barrier to growth
and enlightenment.
When will mankind be able to move on from the old way
of thinking to a new paradigm?
Einstein says that problems cannot be solved by the
same level of thinking that created them. What might
this new way of thinking look like? Thinking and judging
obessively itself may be a large part of the problem
Answer

Esoteric/ secret calendar of your lucky days and hours

Q uestion: One person who has read your books told me
about a technique the Ulema sorcerers used to read the
future.
As I understood, it is a calendar of the good days, and
the bad days in the life of each one of us. I would be
grateful if you could explain to me what it is about and
see the calendar. I promise I will use it for a good cause
Answer
I. Synopsis of the concept
II. The Ulema-Anunnaki days are
III. The calendar’s grids
IV. The use of a language
Grid 1: Calendar of the week
Grid 2: Calendar of your name
Calendar of your lucky hour
Grid 3: Calendar of your lucky hour
On diff erent dimensions and multidimensional beings
Q uestion: What dimensions lie beyond the 4th, that we
can experience?
Q uestion: Do other beings exist in these dimensions?
Answer
Q uestion: Can we ever contact them, and would there
be negative repercussions from doing so?
Answer

Miscellaneous
Are Earth Governments controlled by aliens?
Q uestion: Is it true that lots of Earth governments
including the U.S. are controlled or ruled by an Alien
race called the Reptilians?.
Answer

Insignia or logo of the Anunnaki

Q uestion: What is the royal insignia or logo of the
Anunnaki? The winged disk? Do they use banners or
flags like us?
Answer

The Face on Mars

Q uestion: In the Lost Book of Enki (written by
Zecharia Sitchin) he wrote that the mysterious
face on Mars (which is still unaccepted by
NASA) was the Anunnaki Alalu’s graveyard. Do
you know if it is true?
Answer
Q uestion: Are Enlil, Enki, Anu etc. still
alive?
Answer
On eating meat
Q uestion: Must we stop eating meat for our preparation
for 2022 or will we prepare ourselves mentally only?
Because I love eating meat!
Answer
On Divination and Tarot
Card Reading

Q uestions by Salma Tabbah, Amman, Jordan.

Q uestion:
Do the Ulema believe in divination and Tarot card reading?
At the beginning I was skeptical, but after having consulted
a Tarot reader, I became a believer. She predicted things
nobody knew or heard about. Sometimes her predictions
touched on a very personal note. So my question to you is
this: Is the Tarot something your people accept? Is it a game
or the real thing?-Salma Tabbah.
Note: We encourage the readers to refer to the book Ulema
Anunnaki Tarot. Extraterrestrial Lessons and Techniques to
See your Future: The world’s most powerful book on the
occult and foreseeing your future on Earth and in other
dimensions. Published in February 2010.

Answer:
Yes, the Anunnaki-Ulema have used a very unique
Divination method to explore ultra-dimension. The word
divination is not totally correct, but we are going to use it for
now, because it is As close as it gets to the real thing, said
Ulema Bukhtiar.
We can also use the word Oracle , as these words refer to
the same thing in essence.
The other term Ultra-dimension means a Surrounding
that is not normally and usually detected by scientific or
physical means, said Ulema Seif El Din. This ultra-
dimension belongs to the realm of many things, including
thoughts, perception, extra-sensory feelings (Not caused by
anomaly of any sort), and a depot of knowledge that
evolves around past, present and future events. One of the
aspects of the Ulema’s Kira’at deals with Tarot card reading
called Bak’ht-Kira’at. The Master taps into a zone that
contains lots of information about events to occur in the
future.
The figures and numbers he/she opens up while reading the
cards are closely related to that zone called Da-irat Al-
Maaref (Circumference of Knowledge).
The figures and numbers that appear on the cards guide the
Master reader towards a chart that contains and explains all
the possible meanings, NOT interpretation.
But this is not enough, we should not rely only on symbols
and numbers, because this could happen in a very ordinary
manner, far from the truthful reach of knowledge and
discovery…it could fall into the possibility of coincidences.
This is why, a reading should be repeated multiple times to
detect coincidence and separate superstitions from
reality... explained the Honorable Ulema Ghandar.

Q uestion:
If your answer is yes, then would you please explain the
difference between regular Tarot cards and Ulema tarot
cards? Answer:
I will give you a brief explanation.
The Ulema cards are personalized, meaning they are hand-
made by you. You do not purchase your Ulema cards from a
store. They are not a commercial product. The Master
provides you with a set of 50 cards called Warka . Each
card has either a figure or a symbol (Number). The cards are
printed on a master-sheet or on several sheets. You cut each
card individually, until you have 50 cards.
This constitutes your personal cards deck. Nobody else
should touch or use this deck. The Master will instruct you to
attach one of your photos to one specific card. You can place
your photo on this card and xerox it, and later add it to the
deck. This card is extremely important, because the whole
deck will rotate around it.
Something else: One of the 50 cards must bear your name.
Also, you should give yourself a new surname. Nobody
should know about your new name; it should remain secret.
What we have so far is this:
a-A set of 50 cards, cut and laminated by you.
b-One of the cards has your photo.
c-One of the cards has your real name (First name).
d-One of the cards has your new name. (The one you gave
yourself)
Now you start to understand why the Ulema cards are called
Personalized .

Q uestion :
OK, would I be able to learn about my future if I use the
Ulema Tarot cards?
Answer :
Enough, but not everything. First, you have to remember
that if your Conduit is not activated, your access to
knowledge about your future will be limited.
However, you will be able to learn a lot about some events
that are extremely important in your life, and especially
about New happenings or things to happen that can
influence or alter your luck, success, and other vital
matters.
The cards will give you some guidance and orientation.
The cards will give you dates and a warning related to each
separate event to occur in the future; event(s) detected by
your cards.
Something else you should know: If you attach the photo of
another person to one of the cards, you could possibly
discover lots of things about that person.
However, you will not able to influence his/her mind, or
bring a major change to his/her life, unless some criteria are
met.

Q uestion:
Is there a particular book on the Anunnaki-Ulema Tarot? If
yes, who wrote it? Is it about the past, present or the future?
What did the Ulema say about the future?
Is it already written for us?
Can we change our future?
Answer:
Note: The following answer is taken from our Tarot Book.
Ulema Mordachai ben Zvi said, Bakht (Ulema Tarot) has
been practiced by the Ulema Anunnaki for thousands of
years.
It is totally unknown in the Western hemisphere.
Essentially, Bakht is based upon knowledge received from
the early remnants of the Anna.Ki, also called Anu.Na.Ki, an
extraterrestrial race which landed on Earth hundreds of
thousands of years ago.
Very few seers and mystics outside the circle of the Ulema
Anunnaki penetrated the secrets of the Bakht. They were
the elite of the priests of Ra, the early Sinhar Khaldi (Early
Chaldean priests/astrologers/astronomers), the Tahar (Early
Phoenician Purification priests), and the Rouhaniyiin, known
in the West as the alchemists/Kabalists.
In the whole world today, there are no more 700 persons
who practice the Bakht, and they are called Ba-khaat or
Bakhaati. Two hundred of them are the supreme enlightened
masters, called the Mounawariin.
The other five hundred masters are simply called Ulema
Anunnaki. The teachers of the Ba-khaat or Bakhaati are
called Tahiriim and the Ulema refer to them as the Baal-
Shamroutiim.
The earliest manuscript on Bakht appeared in Phoenicia,
circa 7,500 B.C., and it was written in Ana’kh. A later version
in Anakh-Pro-Ugaritic appeared three thousand years later.
A third version written in the early Phoenician-Byblos script
appeared in Byblos and Tyre. There are also two versions in
Akkadian and the Old Babylonian language, that are
assumed to be lost. Around 65 A.D., a new version in Arabic
appeared in the Arabian Peninsula, and Persia, and it was
called Firasa .
Around 685 A.D., a revised edition appeared in Damascus,
Syria.
It was said that, from this Syrian edition, the hand-written
manuscript Ilmu Al Donia (Science or Knowledge of the
Universe) was derived.
This manuscript included chapters on Arwah (Spirits and
nonhuman entities), Djins, and Afrit.
Around 1365 A.D., a book titled Shams Al Maaref Al
Koubra appeared in Cairo and Damascus, based upon two
books Al Bakht: Dirasat Al Moustakbal , and Ilmu Al
Donia .
Maximillien de Lafayette said, The future is neither
concealed, nor hidden, because the future has already
happened in a zone or Zamania that exists very close to the
zone or sphere of existence, that you already live in.
In other words, the past, present and future are timelines
that exist and run concurrently, called Istimraar.
Does this mean that every event is constantly being
repeated indefinitely in different worlds, dimensions and
times?
Yes, it is, according to mainstream science and quantum
physics – based upon the theory of the Ever expanding
universe. –
And according to the Ulema Anunnaki, people (Humans and
other life-forms) live simultaneously on different Woujoud
and Zaman.
Most certainly, they might look different, physically and bio-
organically, because of the atmospheric and climate
conditions, and they could or would act differently –
convergent or divergent – according to the level of their
awareness and intelligence in different worlds.
Consequently, you can live a past on this Earth and
remember very well past events in your life, and in the
same time, you remain unaware of your other existences,
other pasts and lives in different worlds.
Henceforth, you must learn what has happened or what is
currently happening to you, or to your other copies, either
on different planets and habitats, or in higher dimensions.
Now, you begin to know that each one of us has infinite
copies of ourselves, as well as, many separate and
independent past(s).
Knowing the future and revisiting your past in different
dimensions and previous lives is a pre-requisite for reading
your Bakht Haya.Ti (Linear Future), and Moustakbal Daa-em
(Multidimensional Future).
There are some events in your past that greatly influence
the course of your life, and part of your future.
The situation gets a little bit tricky, when you are not fully
aware of major events, and decisions you have made in
your Moustakbal Daa-em, because few of us are capable of
visiting our past(s) in different dimensions.

The future in its two forms, linear and multidimensional is

what really constitutes your true future.
However, it is not absolutely necessary to learn about all the
phases of your past, and what your Double or your other
copies in different time-space zones have done in the past,
and/or are currently doing in a zone beyond Earth.
If you believe that life continues after death, then it
becomes necessary to learn about your Double, and other
bio-organic and etheric copies of yourself that currently
exist in other worlds.
On Earth, in this world, we have one single future. The
learned Ulema referred to it as Al Maktoob, meaning what
was written. This concept has created an intellectual,
philosophical and religious controversy, even an outrage, for
all those who have rejected the idea that a Supreme Creator
has already imposed upon us, a future, the moment we
were born; a future that controls our destiny and our life, for
ever!
In other words, what it is already written in the front-page of
our life, dictates the magnitude, level and development of
our future successes, failures, kind of job or profession
reserved for us, our health conditions, finances, families,
how good or how bad our children will be in the future, sort
and amount of joy and pain we will feel in the forthcoming
years of our lives, so on…
Others have felt that the Al Maktoob makes us slaves of the
Creator, because our destiny has been decided upon,
without our knowledge, consent and will.
If this is the case, then our life has no purpose at all, and no
matter how hard we try to reach a higher level of spirituality
and awareness, we will always fail because, it was written in
the book of our future, that we have no choice, no freedom
to choose and above all, it was already written, that our
efforts in this context were not to bear fruit. Thus, it
becomes impossible for any of us to change our future,
and/or re-write what it is already written and decided upon,
in the book of life and destiny.
Consequently, learning about our Bakht (Future) would not
serve any purpose, except to make us feel trapped in this
life. This is what many people, and some of the early
Gnostics have felt about this unpleasant and horrible
scenario. But the Ulema Anunnaki have a different scenario
for all of us; a pleasant and a happy one. Humans have
retained their freedom of choice, thus, they are accountable
for all their actions, deeds, intentions and thoughts.
They have the right and the freedom to choose, select and
carry on their own plans. And in the process of doing so,
they remain the masters of their own destiny, and solely
responsible for their decisions, and the consequences of
these decisions.
Their mental faculties and degree of their creativity are
shaped by, and decided upon by many factors, such as the
Conduit, the Jabas, and the Fikr.
But their destiny and future remain unconditioned by the
DNA, the Conduit and other genetic ingredients fashioned
by the Anunnaki.
The ethical-moral-spiritual endeavors and aspects of their
physical and non-physical structures remain under their
personal control.
This part of their future can be learned about and read by
using the Bakht.
In addition, humans’ present and future decisions and
actions, and the consequences of their deeds and intentions
could be altered or changed, according to their free will and
personal choices.
All these decisions, deeds, intentions, consequences, and
effects are part of one single future, which can be changed
at will.
But the remaining part of their future which is conditioned
by the genetic formula of the Anunnaki cannot be changed,
unless the Conduit is fully activated
Reading the Bakht, guides you in this direction, and explains
to you what part of your future can be changed, and what
part of your future will remain intact.
This, applies exclusively to your future on Earth; your Erdi
future.

So, are we trapped in this life?

Are we at the mercy of the Anunnaki?
Is our life, destiny and future already decided upon, by the
Anunnaki who created us by using multiple genetic
techniques and experiments?
Do we have the power, the choice and the freedom to
change our future?
If so, is it the whole future or part of it?
You will find the answers to these questions while you are
reading your Bakht. And step by step, you will learn what is
going to happen to you in this life, in the present, in the
near future, and in the distant future, simply because your
present and future exist simultaneously as you read your
Bakht.
In addition, when you consult the Ulema Anunnaki Tarot on
different subjects and matters of concern, the cards will tell
you what you should do and consider, and what you should
avoid. It will become crystal clear, and future events will be
displayed right before your eyes.
You have to remember that the Ulema Anunnaki Tarot is a
reading of many of your futures; one on Earth, and the
others in different zones of times and spaces.
As you progress in this field of Ulema Tarot, and as you
begin to learn more about other dimensions, and copies of
yourself in other worlds, your mind will start to understand
gradually how things work in different dimensions, and
particularly how you and part of your multidimensional
futures are projected.
On inner bio-rhythm, bad
luck, good luck &
Anunnaki

Q uestions asked by Salem Turbi, Tunisia.

Q uestion: Is it true what some mediums have said that

some people are conditioned by a bio-rhythm that creates
good luck and bad luck?
If so, can we change this rhythm and become luckier, if we
were not so lucky in the first place? Was this rhythm created
by the Anunnaki when they manipulated our DNA?
Answer:
Zara-Du , also called Macari, and Sabata, is a term for
what it is known in Anunnaki-Ulema literature as the 17
Lucky Years of Your Life. Zaradu is very important
metaphysical but also Physical knowledge that the
Anunnaki-Ulema have learned, and kept shrouded in secrecy
for thousands of years, fearing that bad/immoral persons
might learn and use to it to influence others, and selfishly
alter the course of history.
It was revealed to the honorable Ulema that every single
human being on planet Earth will have during his/her life, a
lucky period extending through 17 consecutive,
uninterrupted years.
During those years (Called Mah-Zu-Zah) the doors of luck,
fortune and development at many levels will open up, and
opportunities for extraordinary success shall be freely given
to her/him. This is how the phrase the 17 Lucky Years of
Your Life came to exist. And for this period of 17 years,
there is a calendar, which is well structured, and divided
into a sequence of 77 by 7. This brings us to the Anunnaki-
Ulema magical esoteric number of 777, considered to be the
Alpha and Omega of all knowledge and Tana-Wur , which
means enlightenment, similar to the Bodhisattva. At one
point during these lucky years, a person will acquire two
extraordinary faculties:
1. Rou’h Ya
2. Firasa (Fi raa-Saa).
 Ulema-Anunnaki, Alain Allan Cardec.

These two faculties will positively influence his/her life and

guide him/her effortlessly towards reaching the highest level
of mental and physical strength, as well success in business
and a variety of endeavors.
Examples of these endeavors for instance, are an
astonishing power or capability of producing, writing or
composing in an exceptionally prolific manner. It also
encompasses the ability to learn many languages in next to
no time, and read manuscripts written in secret languages,
such as the first secret and hidden alphabet (Characters) of
the Hindu language. Applied in modern times, reading the
secret symbols and alphabets become forecasting events
and predicting the rise and fall of world’s markets. It was
also said, that this 17 year period can alter a DNA sequence,
thus preventing accelerated aging, and the deterioration of
human cells.
One of the last Anunnaki-Ulema Mounawariin (Enlightened
Ones) known to have discovered the secret of the 17 lucky
years was Alan Cardec Allan Cardec (October 3, 1804-
March 31, 1869). Cardec’s real name was Hippolyte Lé on
Denizard Rivail. And his Ulema name was Asha-Kar-Da-Ki.
His mentor was the legendary Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi,
also known as Mirdach Kadoshi Sirah in the Anunnaki-
Ulema circle. His incarnated guiding master (Second high
level of Anunnaki-Ulema) was Al Zafiru, called Sefiro or
Zefiro in mediumship and spiritism literature. In fact, the
word or term Spiritism was coined by Cardec.
He was the first to use it and explain its application during a
contact with a higher entity and other rapports with dead
people (Trapped deceased persons) who asked for his help.
Sometimes, it was the other way around; Cardec asked for
their guidance on matters related to life after death, and the
realm of the next life. Cardec was the father of the French
movement of Spiritism, and communications with entities
trapped between the next dimension and Earth’s
boundaries. They are called Les retenus , meaning those
who were trapped in the afterlife dimension, or more
precisely, those who were detained. Cardec was buried at
the historical French cemetry Cimetière du Père Lachaise .
The inscription on his tomb stele reads: Naitre, mourir,
renaitre encore et progresser sans cesse, telle est la loi.
Translated verbatim: To be born, to die, to be reborn again,
and to progress unceasingly, such is the law.

The inner bio-rhthym and the Anunnaki:

Thousands of years ago, before history was recorded, the
Anunnaki created Man to meet their needs. They created us
as a work-force to take care of the fields, cultivate the land,
and bring them food; this is according to the
Akkadian/Sumerian clay tablets. It is very clear.
At that time, when the Anunnaki gods and goddesses
(Aruru, Mummu, Ea, Ninna, etc.) created the first prototypes
of the quasi-human races, Man did not have all the mental
faculties we have today. Later on, 13 new faculties were
added to his brain. And everything in the brain was wired
and functioned according to a cellular rhythm.
We cannot change this rhythm.
But we can improve on it, and ameliorate its functioning, by
acquiring new knowledge, developing a stronger memory,
reading, writing, listening to intelligent and well-informed
people, getting rid of bad habits, and elevating our being to
a higher mental/spiritual level, through introspection,
meditation, and refraining from hurting others.
Some are born normal, others are born with some mental
deficiency, while a few were created as geniuses, like Bach,
Mozart, Da Vinci etc., people who astonished us with
extraordinary creativity, and unmatched talents.
These talents and mental gifts were already placed into
their Conduit. Otherwise, how can we explain the
astonishing musical compositions of Mozart and other great
composers at the age of 4? Yes, we can alter the inner bio-
rythm, the Anunnaki installed in us, but we cannot change it
completely. The first thing to do is to activate the Conduit.
As far as luck (Good and bad) is concerned, the noble in
spirit (Mind, or Soul if you want) will be given the
opportunities and means to learn how to positively reshape
future events in his/her life.
Unfortunately, there are so many good people in the world
who are constantly suffering. And we wonder where is the
logic? What is the reason for their suffering? Is it true that
good people always finish last? Sadly enough, it happens all
the time.
We see hard-working nurses (who save lives) struggling to
make a living. We see devoted school teachers unable to
pay their bills.We see bloody bastards getting richer and
richer, whilst honorable, loving and caring people are being
kicked out of their homes!! Where is the justice?
The truth I tell you, is that there is no justice on Earth,
despite all the good intentions of so many of us, and despite
so many good courts’ decisions, and decent laws to
maintain law and order. The Ulema taught us that good
behavior, a high level of morality, unconditional love,
forgiveness and generosity do not guarantee success in life,
or secure good luck. Ulema Badri said verbatim: Your
character and good manners are the only things you should
keep when you have lost everything in life. To some, this is
not enough, for financial security, and some good luck
would not hurt.
I agree. So, start developing your brain, activate your
Conduit, talk to your inner-self…there you will find the
salvation…there you will find a way to change your bad luck
into good luck. If your Mind is in harmony with your Jaba ,
then, and only then, can you change your inner bio-rhythm,
and influence your DNA’s metamorphosis.
On ghosts, entities,
holographic projections,
40 days period after
death

Q uestion asked by Ernest B., Sierra Leone.

Q uestion: I know you don’t believe in ghost stories, but

what about the idea that sometimes people see themselves
like a ghost. I read about this in a Celtic story where a prince
saw himself getting killed. Is it a hallucination or a
prediction? By the way, the prince saw himself like a ghost,
and in fact he got killed shortly thereafter. So, seeing
ourselves as a ghost, is it an indication that something bad
is going to happen to us?
Could it be a holographic projection, like those images
projected by aliens to impress or frighten abductees?
Answer:
Zama-ari
Zama-ari refers to an experience where and when a person
sees himself or herself as an image or as ghost projected
right before his or her eyes. This occurrence is also called
Latabi in Ana’kh. In Ulemite, it is referred to as Canouri
(Ka.Nu.ri). Usually, it is interpreted as an Announcement of
your death.
Those three words, Zama-ari , Latabi , and Canouri are
a term for the experience of encountering or seeing
yourself, as a duplicate image of your body. Ulema Al
Baydani commented on this.
He said verbatim:
This is not a good sign.
Usually the projection of the image of one’s body
predicts either a fatal event to occur in the very near
future, or his/her death within hours or a few days.
Pets can easily see this image.
It is not physical, however it appears very clear to the
naked eye.
The image takes the form of a ghost looking at you.
The ghost moves like a real person.
Usually you see confusion and sadness on the face of
the ghost.
This is not hallucination or a trick of your mind.
It is a holographic projection of an event to occur.
In other words, your mind (The Supersymetric Mind) can
sense and pre-visualize events before they happen. It is
like reading a calendar backward; from the end, instead
from the very first day of the month.
It is a rare occurrence, but it happens now and then.

You asked, Could it be a holographic projection, like those

images projected by aliens to impress or frighten
abductees? And the answer is: It is a holographic-mental
image or imprint produced by your Supersymetric Mind .
But, it is not similar to aliens’ holographic projection,
because in the aliens’ scenario, it is intentional, while in
your own experience, it is a Visual reading of a future
event to happen very soon in your life, at a personal level.
I have never said that I do not believe in ghosts. What I
have said is that I do not agree with the definition of a ghost
as often given by charlatan mediums and fake channelers.
Generally, those people refer to ghosts as the non-physical
presence of a deceased person who manifests
himself/herself to express a concern, to warn us, to
complain about the way he/she was murdered, to solve a
mystery, to convey a message to the loved ones left behind,
etc. All these interpretations are false.
Many mediums, channelers and psychics are fake. They use
the emotional weakness of their clients to dupe them and
make a buck. This is evident, when they start to ask for
more money to reveal further information and messages
from the deceased one who appears like a ghost. I do
believe that ghosts exist, but they do not manifest
themselves, the way it was described by psychics. There are
different categories of ghosts.
Some apparitions are real, but they are scarce.
In 99% of all cases, the apparition is some sort of
hallucination. In Ulemite terminology, a ghost is a non-
physical imprint of a presence, left on the screen of a
metaphysical dimension, very close to real life. I will explain.
Everything in the universe, including people, rocks, plants
and living organisms have two dimensions; the one we can
see, called physical reality, because we can measure and/or
define its dimension, density, limits, colors, shapes, etc.,
and the other dimension which is called non-physical,
because it escapes measurements and normal means to
assess and ascertain its physical existence, and properties.
In other words, you body has two dimensions; the physical
one which is defined for instance by your height, weight,
shape of your face, color of your hair, etc., and the non-
physical one, which is a duplicate copy of yourself (the
Double), which existed before you were born.
All of us have this duplicate copy. And without knowing it,
we (Our mind or whatever you want to call it) constantly
project our non-physical image (The duplicate copy of
ourselves) wherever we go. This projection is called the non-
physical imprint of our presence, or ourselves.
When we die, and our body disintegrates, the imprint
remains intact, and does not disintegrate. So what people
see as a ghost, is in fact one of the many imprints we
have left behind us, after we have died. Yes, there are many
imprints corresponding to many moments and times in our
lives.
Usually, the imprint we see (As a ghost) is the last imprint
we have made while we were alive. But it is very important
to remember, that apparitions of ghosts (Projection,
imprints, etc.) occur for a very short time, during the 40
days period following the departure of the deceased.
This is applicable, when the deceased has left in peace, and
his/her mind has accepted the idea that he/she is dead.
Many deceased persons get so confused after their death
for many reasons; some still believe that they are alive, and
try to reach us in an incomprehensible manner.
If the deceased person is no longer attached to this world,
to materialistic values, to properties he/she once owned,
and his/her mind is clear , then the deceased person will
never again project himself/herself as an imprint. He/she is
dead, and moves on to a different dimension; the realm of
the afterlife.
So the 40 days period after death is very critical. But this
period could last for more than 40 days, sometimes for
years, when the mind of the deceased is not clear . This
explains the apparition of people who have died centuries
ago.
Interestingly enough, when a so-called ghost appears, it is
always the same apparition; the ghost is dressed exactly in
the same way, does not change outfits, he/she appears in
defined areas, always in the same areas, such as a corridor,
a balcony, and/or going through walls and doors.
The apparition never changes, because it cannot change,
being an imprint. So what we are seeing is not a real person
coming back as a ghost, but as one of his/her many imprints
he/she has left behind.
Once a deceased has crossed the bridge of the 40 days
period, no more apparitions or imprints will occur again. The
deceased has left Earth for good, and by now he/she is far
far away from us. Thus, it becomes impossible to reach
him/her, and all so-called calling upon the dead , and
communications with the dead are false. You are already
dead in one dimension, and not born yet in another. You
exist somewhere else, and somewhere else you are about to
exist.
Yet, you are a living person right here and right now.
How do we explain this? But this is not the most important
question. The most important one would be: Could you
contact yourself in the other dimension, or would you? And
what could you possibly gain from contacting the Other
You who lives far far away from you? Or would you rather
contact the Other You in a dimension where you are not
born yet, and teach yourself in that dimension what you
have already known and learned in another dimension? Yes,
this is possible.
If you are not fully convinced, why don’t you ask a quantum
physics professor, it might reliefve you from your doubt!
L iving continuously in 3
different time-space
zones and Anunnaki

Q uestion by Rick D., Michigan.

Q uestion: On the Science Channel, Dr Michio Kaku said the

universe is expanding, and there are many universes he
called multiverses where the same people live in different
time and space zones. Is this something the Ulema can do?

Answer:
Ulema Master Kanazawa lived simultaneously in three
different time and space zones. He lived as a real person in
three different places at the same time. But the most
important part of this phenomenon, is the fact that while he
was living around 1896 in Ryu Kyu (Island of Okinawa), he
had a family of his own, and he enjoyed a normal life.
Around 1939, Master Kanazawa lived in Kyoto, and for a
short time he was a special advisor to Emperor Hirohito and
the Japanese Imperial Navy.
In this capacity, he advised Japan not to consider any act of
aggression against the United States. During the first year
of the American-Japanese war, he vanished from the face of
the Earth. He reappeared in 1958 in Hawaii, and rendered
the most useful services to important scientific
communities. The most amazing aspect of these 3 separate
lives, is the fact that he has never aged. He remains the
same person.
Nothing has changed at the physical level, apparently. But
the truth is, Master Kanazawa did change enormously from
within, at his sub-structural molecular composition.
On the outside, he looked like a regular human being, like
you and me. On the inside, his molecules have changed
considerably. This very change in his inner-substance
allowed him to traverse time and exist continuously in three
different places and three different time-zones. Master
Mikami did the very same thing.
Anunnaki purification and
a new identity

Q uestion by Anonymous: You wrote somewhere about

Anunnaki purification, and a new identity a young Anunnaki
receives after a purification ceremony on Nibiru. What do
you mean by purification? Since you do not believe in the
existence of SOUL, what are you talking about? Purify what?
Dirty laundry? Assuming what you have said is true – I don’t
believe a bit of it – can you tell me in plain English how does
this purification stuff happen and for what purpose?
Answer:
Note: Partially reproduced from my book Anunnaki and
Ulema From 450,000 B.C. to the Present (Volume 4)

The Anunnaki’s purification process is called Huina-Ta’h-Ra.

I. Definition
II. Annunaki’s purification and its relation to water in
Judaism, Essene’s sect, and Christianity
III. Anunnaki’s Nif-Malka-Roo’h-Dosh
IV. Creation of the mental Conduit

Note: Ulema de Lafayette has explained the Anunnaki’s

purification process so many times, and wrote at length
about it in two books. We can’t reproduce herein everything
he has written in the past. But we will give you a synopsis.
But before we do this, we have to remind you that the term
Soul is referred to as Mind in Ulemite literature. It is
basically the same, but the structural composition of each is
very different.

I. Definition:
According to Ulema de Lafayette, and the Book of
Ramadosh, it means Anunnaki’s student purification ritual
before entering the classroom.It is composed of three
words:
a-Huina, which means, energy; life.
b-Ta’h, which means purification, or mental cleansing.
c-Ra could mean many things, but in this situation, it is
agreed upon that Ra means the Elevated Being .

II. Annunaki’s purification and its relation

to water in J udaism, Essene’s sect, and
Christianity:
All Anunnaki students are required to purify their bodies
before starting their course of studies, particularly the first
stage, called Mental Cleansing .
This could have influenced an ancient tradition created by
the Jewish scribes, who since earliest times, had to purify
their body before adding the name of God into the Torah.
Ulema Naphtali ben Yacob said: Each student must purify
his or her own being Mind alone, because the mixing of
the impurities might produce a barrier to the proper
purification. Incidentally, remember the Essenes, these
Judaic sect members of the Second Temple era?
At first, they used the Anunnaki’s style of purification, but as
time went by, and their numbers grew, they changed into a
Mikvah-like, communal purification. A certain similarity can
be established with the Christian baptism; it is all the same
idea of purity and cleanliness.
The Christians believe that the mind and spirit are indeed
cleansed by the baptism. The purification exercise occurs
inside a small room, entirely made of shimmering white
marble.
In the middle of the room, there is a basin, made out of the
same material, and filled with a substance called Nou-Rah
Shams ; an electro-plasma substance that appears like
‘liquid-light.’
It actually means, in Anakh, The Liquid of Light.
a-Nou, or Nour, or sometimes Menour, or Menou-Ra,
means light.
b-Shams means sun. Nour in Arabic means light.

The Ulema in Egypt, Syria, Iraq and Lebanon use the same
word in their opening ceremony. Sometimes, the word Nour
becomes Nar, which means fire. This is intentional, because
the Ulemas, like the Phoenicians, believed in fire as a
symbolic procedure to purify the thoughts.

III. Anunnaki’s Nif-Malka-Roo’h-Dosh :

The Anunnaki’s purification does more than purifying the
body. The substance Anunnaki use purifies the mind and
spirit as well. It’s all very pleasant. Every minute you spend
in the basin, you will feel lighter, happier, more complete
within yourself and sparkling clean.
The second phase of the purification is called Nif-Malka-
Roo’h-Dosh . Nif means mind. Centuries later, it was used
by terrestrials as Nifs or Roo’h, meaning Soul or Spirit. Since
the Anunnaki did not believe in a ‘separate soul,’ the mind
was the only source of creation and mental development,
while humans continued to interpret it as ‘Soul.’
Nif, Nifs, Nefes, Nafs, Nefesh mean the same thing in
Akkadian, Hittite, Aramaic, Hebrew, Ugaritic, Arabic, Syriac,
Turkish, and Anunnaki languages. Malka means kingdom or
a higher level of knowledge and mental development.
Humans changed Malka to Malakoot or Malkout, and these
words are used in Aramaic, Hebrew, Syriac, Coptic, Arabic,
Phoenician and so many other languages.
Roo’h is the highest level of mental achievement.
The Arabs use the same word Rouh , while the Hebrew
word is Ru’ach . However, the meaning changed in both
languages, to represent soul, not Mind as originally
understood in Anunnaki language.
And Dosh means revered or holy.
In Hebrew, it is Kadosh . After this phase of purification, the
Anunnaki student enters a moderately sized room off the
classroom. In the room there is a cell, shaped as a
transparent cone. The cell floats in the air, approximately
twelve centimeters above the floor.
The top of the cell is connected to a beam originating from a
grid attached to a ceiling floating in the air; it is totally
suspended on its own.
The student steps inside the cone. A door opens and the
student enters the contraption. Inside the cone, a clear fog
begins to form in the center.
After a short while, the fog’s color changes from white to
silver-blue in the form of waves, and the student starts to
see his/her thoughts registering on a machine serving as an
information board and which is posted on the right side of
the cell.
These thoughts begin to take physical shape, which is
instantly copied to a screen. The screen transforms the
thought-forms into a code. Almost instantly, the code is
transformed into a sequence of numerical values. The
sequences are the genetic formula of the student.
This genetic formula is the Identity Registration of the
Anunnaki student. In terrestrial terms, you can call it DNA.
But it is more than that. It is the level of mental readiness
for the next stage.
At this point, the student begins to hear a direction in
his/her head, as clear as if someone is talking to him/her
directly.
This is the moment when the student has been approached
on a telepathic level. The student is instructed to free
his/her mind from all thoughts. It is something like what the
Japanese call Koan, or Kara, a state of mind
nothingness.

IV. Creation of the mental Conduit :

Then, something starts to happen; rays of various densities
and colors surround the student in a cloud. It is tempting to
compare it to the aura in terrestrial terms, but this is not the
case. It is not an aura, because it is not bio-organic. It is
entirely mental. What happens next takes only one minute;
this is the most important procedure done for each
Anunnaki student on the first day of his/her studies – the
creation of the mental Conduit.
A new identity is created for each Anunnaki student by the
development of a new pathway in his or her mind,
connecting the student to the rest of the Anunnaki’s psyche.
Simultaneously, the cells check with the other copy of the
mind and body of the Anunnaki student, to make sure that
the Double and Other Copy of the mind and body of the
student are totally clean. During this phase, the Anunnaki
student temporarily loses his or her memory, for a very
short time.
This is how the telepathic faculty is developed, or enhanced
in everyone.
It is necessary, to serve the whole community of the
Anunnaki. The individual program inside each Anunnaki
student is immediately shared with everybody. Incidentally,
this is why there is such a big difference between
extraterrestrial and human telepathy.
Ulema Rabbi Mordechai said: On earth, no one ever
succeeds in emptying the whole mental content from
human cells, like the Anunnaki are so adept at doing, and as
such, the Conduit cannot be formed. Lacking the Conduit
that is built for each Anunnaki, the human mind is not
capable of communication with the extraterrestrials.
However, don’t think for a moment that there is any kind of
invasion of privacy.
The simplistic idea of any of your friends tapping into your
private thoughts does not exist for the Anunnaki. Their
telepathy is rather complicated. The Anunnaki have
collective intelligence and individual intelligence.
And this is directly connected to two things: the first is the
access to the Community Depot of Knowledge that any
Anunnaki can tap into and update and acquire additional
knowledge.
The second is an Individual Prevention Shield, also
referred to as Personal Privacy. This means that an
Anunnaki can switch his direct link to the community on and
off, perhaps better defined as his/channel to other
Anunnaki.
By establishing the Screen or Filter , an Anunnaki can
block others from either communicating with him/her, or
simply preventing others from reading his/her personal
thoughts. Filter , Screen and Shield (Plasmic) are
interchangeably used to describe the privacy protection.
In addition, an Anunnaki can program telepathy and set it
up on chosen channels, exactly as we turn on our radio set
and select the station we wish to listen to.
Telepathy has several frequencies, channels and stations.
When the establishment of the Conduit is complete, the
student leaves the conical cell, and heads toward the
section assigned to him/ her at the classroom.
Were dinosaurs created
by extraterrestrials?

Q uestion by Matt Hoxtell, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Q uestion: Were dinosaurs created by extraterrestrials?

Answer:
Not every life-form on Earth was created by the Anunnaki. It
is important to remember that when the first expedition of
the Anunnaki landed on Earth, our planet was already
populated by an amazing variety of living organisms,
animals, quasi-human species, the earliest of human-animal
forms, synthesized molecules, substances and biological
entities. Many of these lifeforms were created from cosmic
dust.
Some were the result of photosynthesis, and other groups
were produced by bacteria and evolution inertia. Worth
mentioning here, is that the Anunnaki had no interest or
motivation in creating/altering the creation of pre-existing
life-forms that were deemed unnecessary or not very
essential for starting and/or carrying on their projects on
Earth.
The dinosaurs existed on planet Earth, long before the
Anunnaki descended to Earth.
The dinosaurs first appeared about 230 million years ago,
and their reign lasted over 100 million years. The Anunnaki
arrived to Earth circa 449,000 B.C.
Besides, the Anunnaki(any expedition) did not consider the
dinosaurs, or remnants of the dinosaurs and similar reptiles,
necessary or useful for their plans for two reasons:
a-They lacked mental/intellectual faculties, necessary
for understanding the instructions of the Anunnaki;
b-Their enormous size.
The lost continent of
MU’s connection with the
Anunnaki

Q uestion by Ismail Kemal Ciftcioglu, Turkey.

Q uestion: This is the most important question for me. In

any of the books I read, I haven’t come across any
information about the lost continent of MU’s connection with
the Anunnaki. I assume you know lots of things about it.
According to James Churchward’s books, MU was even older
than Atlantis and home to the human civilization. Humans
migrated from MU all over the world. But we know that the
Anunnaki were in Mesopotamia. So what about it? What can
you tell me about the lost continent of MU?
Answer:

I. Introduction/ Mythological backgound:

According to legend and esoteric myth, Mu was a large
continent of an advanced civilization. It sank beneath the
ocean many thousands of years ago. The story or Myth of
Mu appeared for the first time in the 19th century, thanks to
the writings of Augustus Le Plongeon (1825-1908), who
claimed that the survivors of Mu went to the Americas and
established the Mayan Empire.
Then, in the first half of the 20th century, the prolific writer
and visionary extraordinaire James Churchward popularized
the story of Mu in a series of books he wrote: “The Children
of Mu published in 1931; The Lost Continent of Mu
published in 1933, and The Sacred Symbols of Mu ,
published in 1935.
And in the 1930’s, Kamal Atatü rk (Baba Kamal) then leader
of Turkey, your majestic country, generously funded
academic and scientific research on Mu. The great Turkish
leader thought that perhaps he would be able to establish a
direct link or some sort of connection betweek Turkey and
the world’s first civilizations that could include the Aztec,
and the Maya. Unfortunately, all attempts to prove the
existence of MU failed.

II. Scientific/ geological facts:

First of all, you have to remember that the Anunnaki were
not only in Mesopotamia.
The first expedition of the Anunnaki to Earth, occurred some
449,000 years ago.
They landed in the Near East (Phoenicia) and explored the
territories of Madagascar, Brazil, Central Africa, Turkey
(Anatolia) etc., and finally they established their kingdom in
Mesopotamia. The continent of MU was already in existence,
long, long before the Mesopotamian civilization.
And Atlantis was the bridge between the remnants of Mu,
the pre-historic civilization of Crete, Phoenicia(Modern day
Lebanon), Ugarit, Arwad, Egypt, Mesopotamia, the lands of
the Hittites in Anatolia, and Cyprus.
Mu was established some 14,000 to 20,000 years ago, and
its civilization was destroyed some 9,500 to 10,000 years
ago, but MU itself did not sink under the ocean, as many
have claimed, simply because scientifically speaking,
continents do not sink; they might shift, drift, and break into
two, three or several parts, but this is a very very long
geolocial process that takes hundreds of millions of years.
Except for Pangaea, history, archeology, anthropology and
oceanography tell us that continents have maintained their
original position. Thus, for the continent of MU to change its
original position as a continent, or to sink to the bottom of
the ocean, these events and changes should have occurred
at the time Pangaea shifted some 250 millions years ago, or
even during the shift of Pannotia, that was formed on Earth
some 600 million years ago, or Rodinia (formed some 1.2
billion years ago) which has totally shifted some 750 million
years ago.
Yet once again, geography, natural history, oceanography,
anthropology, the study of fossils, and the history of
comparative civilizations have not provided any proof that a
new shift has ever occurred after those dates.
Thus, the idea that an early advanced civilization existed
hundreds of millions of years ago on a vanished continent is
pure fantasy, ridiculed by science.
In conclusion, the civilization of MU must have existed
around 14,000 to 20,000 years ago, and during that period,
no continent has ever shifted. Therefore, the sinking of MU
to the bottom of the ocean is an impossibility.

III. Anunnaki-Ulema views:

Baalbeck, one of the earliest cities/colonies of the Anunnaki
on Earth.

Ulema have suggested that MU and Atlantis were one and

the same; a community, instead of a continent. This makes
it more logical to assume that a migration of a community
to another part of the world, including Baalbeck, Tyre, Sidon,
Turkey, Anatolia, the Near East/the Middle East could have
occurred.
In addition, this migration could also explain the sudden
emergence of an advanced civilization that we know little
about. The early community of Mu or Atlantis or both, since
they were considered epistemologically and
anthropologically the same, had a highly advanced
civilization and well-structured societies, implanted by an
extraterrestrial race.
And the only extraterrestrial race that left some historical
and mythological documents and records on Earth were the
Anunnaki. This is the only and most logical link we can
attach to the people of MU/Atlantis.
Anunnaki-Ulema Sadek ben Alia Al Bakri stated verbatim:
The Anunnaki had a direct contact with those people, and
taught them science, technology, language, and the use of
advanced learning techniques and tools. They went to the
Near/Middle East and established their new colonies, always
under the supervision of the Anunnaki.
Ulema Sharif Al Takki Al Zubyani (1797-1877) stated that Mu
did exist some 50,000 years ago according to the Ulemite
calendar (14,000-20,000 years in our calendar).
He added that the original name of Mu was Mari, and it was
inhabited by people who were very advanced in Ilm Al
Falak , meaning space science. An enormous explosion
happened on the continent, caused by the reflection of light
and rays emitted by a gigantic Miraya , which means
mirrors, triggered by a huge volcano eruption.
Coincidentally or strangely enough, the Anunnaki and
Ulemite literature referred to the Miraya as a galactic tool
used to receive and emit cosmic messages, a sort of beam
(Possibly atomic or laser), as well as to record and decode
events from the past, the present and the future. Al Zubyani
added: Those mirrors were also used as weapons, and if
they are not handled properly, they could destroy a whole
country.
Those who know Arabic, including the archaic dialect of the
Arab Peninsula, and Ana’kh will find out that there is a very
close relation (Perhaps linguistically only) between the
Name Mari and the Arabic, pre-Islamic word Mir’aat (Mir’-aat
and Miraya) which means in both languages (Ana’kh and
Arabic) mirror.
Strangely enough, the French word Miroir and the English
word mirror are derived directly from the Ana’kh (Anunnaki
language) Miraya. So here we have a million year old
Anunnaki word Miraya , a 50,000 year old name Mari , a
7,000 year old Ulemite word Mirra-ya , and a 5,000 year
old Arabic word Miraya! Any connection?

Map of Pangaea.

IV. So, what did we learn from all this?

We have learned the following:
The continent of MU did not sink to the bottom of the
ocean, because scientifically, continents do not sink.
2- Some sort of ecological or geological catastrophe
occurred some 9,500 to 10,000 years ago that forced
the population of that part of the world to flee and seek
refuge somewhere else, probably in the countries I have
mentioned earlier. In fact, science has provided
evidence of a cosmic catastrophe around 9,500 B.C.,
and this explains everything.

Map of Santorini. Santorini is a small, circular

archipelago of volcanic islands located in the southern
Aegean Sea, about 200 km southeast from Greece’s
mainland.

3- Upon their arrival to new countries, a sudden and

new civilization appeared in that part of the world, and
that explains the out of nowhere origin of human
civilization, the birth of language, and the acquired
knowledge in so many fields, etc.
4- In fact, that society was highly advanced, and most
certainly influenced and taught by a super non-human
extraterrestrial race. This explains the sudden rise of
their civilization, societies, communities and cities, in
sharp contrast with other human societies which were
still living in darkness, ignorance and retarded social
conditions.

Map of Crete.

5- This advanced society, the originator of human

civilization did exist and live on and around the areas
and lands nearby Santorini-Crete, and neighboring
islands, where a geological catastrophe, and a huge
volcano eruption were proven by science.
Q uestion by Ismail Kemal Ciftcioglu, Turkey.

Where are the Anunnaki

now and why don’t they
interfere in our planet?

Q uestion: Where is the Anunnaki race right now, and why

don’t they interfere in our planet anymore?
Answer:
The Anunnaki now are where they came from; their own
planet, called Nibiru Ne.Be.Ru , also known as Ashtari. The
Anunnaki are part of the Cosmic Federation of the Seven
Galaxies . This is not the so-called federation of lights or
cosmic order as claimed by new age ufology. What is so
special about the Anunnaki’s federation is the different
types of alien civilizations and galactic races that have
joined, meaning different bio-organic entities, which are
totally different from human-like entities, physically,
organically, emotionally and mentally.
Why don’t they interfere in our planet anymore? Humans
have very little to offer more advanced galactic civilizations.
In reality, the human race has nothing meaningful to offer to
the Anunnaki. We are limited in our thoughts, despite the
variety and divergence of our philosophical views,
inventions, art, the music we compose, the poetry we write,
and the magnificent figurines and sculptures we create.
On a cosmic level, all these beauties produced by mankind
are very minimal.
In the very early days of humanity’s history, the Anunnaki
were deeply involved in human affairs, and we know this
from reading the Akkadian/Sumerian clay tablets, the
Babylonian-Mesopotamian literature as preserved in the
legendary library (More than 30,000 tablets) of Ashurbanipal
in Nineveh, the Phoenician Cosmogeny, the Book of
Ramadosh, etc.
However, the Anunnaki lost interest in us, for many reasons,
to name a few:
1-The Anunnaki’s mission-expedition-exploration on planet
Ki , Ardi (Earth) was accomplished hundreds of
thousands of years ago.
2-The Anunnaki had to return home to take care of their own
business. However, they left offspring on Earth, in areas and
regions like Turkey, Phoenicia, Sumer, Guatemala, Peru,
Mexico, Persia, and Syria.
Their offspring appeared in history’s chronologies as
legendary kings and queens, and in some cases, as obscure
historical figures like Danel, Danael , Dnil , a Phoenician-
Ugaritic king who was mentioned in the Ras Shamra Texts.
The Anunnaki’s offspring had a hard time dealing with
humans, because of their greed, violence, betrayals, wars,
and their lack of loyalty. In fact, many of the Anunnaki’s
remnants on Earth were murdered by humans. If you read
ancient history books, you will find out that one civilization
wipes out other civilizations by invading their territories, and
butchering their leaders, and these atrocious acts continue
to the present day.

It is quite ironic, we call the Macedonian leader Alexander

the Great ; when he was a man who killed millions of
people (families, women, children, elderly) and destroyed
some of the greatest civilizations in history.
Equally ironic and shameful is the fact that we depict the
Crusaders as the Saviors of the Faith , when in reality, they
were murderers and butchers.
Upon capturing the city of Jerusalem, the Crusaders
slaughtered every Muslim infant, woman and man, and
wiped out families and communities. And they did it in the
name of Jesus, the Pope and Christianity.
The same thing happened again, when the Christian
Catholic Conquistadors decimated the Maya, Inca and Aztec
civilizations; and when the so-called Pioneers of the West
annihilated the Native Americans.
And today, history still repeats itself with religious
extremists, and superpowers’ materialistic and military
expansionism.
The Anunnaki have witnessed all these atrocities.
Even the notorious Greys felt threatened by the human
race, because of its nuclear arsenal, and what we are
constantly doing to Earth’s ecological system/environment.
Earth is not a positive and healthy environment or habitat
for the Anunnaki, and/ any other highly civilized race.
Sure, the human race produced outstanding people like
Madame Curie, Mahatma Gandhi, Mother Theresa, Salah Al
Dinn Al Ayoubi, Victor Hugo, Marco Polo, Lamartine, Mary-
Magdalena, Buddha Siddhartha, Sophocles, and Chopin, but
these wonderful people are a drop in the bucket.
To tell you the truth, if you don’t find pleasure in the act of
giving, and if you don’t forgive others, not only once, but as
many times as it takes, maybe fifty times or more if
necessary, and as long as our success and respectability on
Earth are measured by the weight of our wealth, fame and
power, none of the highly advanced communities in the
cosmos will find the human race, appealing, meaningful and
worthy of any attention.
However, the Anunnaki did not abandon us completely.
Thanks to the Conduit they have installed in the cells of
our brains, they remain in constant touch with us, but only
the pure in heart and thoughts will feel it and benefit from
it.
Don’t ever underestimate
the power of your mind!

Q uestion by anonymous: I can’t understand how you

could write so many books in such a short time? Do you use
some sort of magic or a supernatural power? You know
what, some people are spreading rumors that the
overwhelming number of your books you wrote were made
by a machine and because of this you are a machine.

Answer:
Many, like you, have asked how did I manage to write
hundreds of books in a short time, or to be able to speak so
many languages, and accomplish multiple tasks
simulteneously?
Some have dubbed me superhuman, others have called me
nuts, and a few have said that the fact that I have written so
many books so in such a short period of time, means that I
have got to be a scam. This amuses me a lot, because no
supernatural powers or machines are associated with what I
do.
I can assure anybody, absolutely anybody can do what I
have done, effortlessly if some techniques are learned and
utilized.
And these technniques are associated with how you
organize your mind. I will try to explain this very simply. Your
mind is a wonderful machine composed of Jabas, a
collection of pockets or drawers, similar to your computer.
When your computer is loaded with temporary internet files,
searching, loading and uploading will slow your computer
down considerably.
Thus, you have to delete your temporary files, in order to
speed up your computer, and have more space on your hard
drive. The same thing applies to your mind. When your
Jabas are full with old and unnecessay information, your
mind slows down; becoming slow in acquiring, storing,
organizing, sorting and analyzing new information. In
addition to the clearing (Cleaning, emptying) of your Jabas,
you must let your Supersymetric mind work on it’s own.
You have to sit, and start talking to yourself. Mind you while
you are doing that, your brain is independently listening to
you. First of all, you have to convince yourself that you can
do it.
Never understimate yourself or your personal powers.
The fact that you do not have – apparently – supernatural
powers, does not mean that you cannot accomplish
amazing things, even extraordinary deeds by normal
standards. Yes you can.! And it is so easy if you start to
believe in yourself, in a new and different way.
This opens part of your Mind Pockets/Jabas. Please refer to
the book The Ulema Anunnaki Forbidden Book of
Ramadosh ; as it explains how this can be done.
Basically, your brain is full of junk and storage you do not
need. So, as a first step, you have to get rid of this junk. It is
easy to do. You start by asking yourself, what did you put in
your mind, in the past and now, ten years ago and today?
This exersize is good, simply because you begin to inquire
about what you have already learned in your life. It is as if
you are probing your own brain, confidentially in the privacy
and comfort of your own space .
Scanning brilliant minds
to create a SuperBaby !

Q uestion by Akram Jibril, UAE.

Q uestion: I am not sure who has said aliens can scan our
brain and create a new species of babies for their hybrid
program. Is it true? Can they do that? And how it is done?

Answer:
Ulema Oppenheimer and Ulema Govinda commented on
Mind Scanning and duplicating-multiplying brains’
potentials:
From their Kira’at, verbatim: Scanning your brain and body
to create a new copy of You for a new-born baby.
They scan you, mind and body, and place the scan in an
Aetra mold to recreate you and duplicate you; they can
make as many copies as they want. On the top of the Scan
Mold , there is a transparent cover Kha-Tar that looks like
fiberglass.

As soon as the scan process begins, the Khatar starts to

work, meaning, it starts to reshape itself into a human form,
the physical form of your body in its miniscule details.

So what we have here, is you imprinted three

dimensionally on a sheet of a fiberglass. This is the Physical
Scan . What is more facinating, is the Kha-tra-Fikr , which
is the Mental Scan of your brains, all your thoughts,
feelings, beliefs, memories and intentions.
At the end, they either mix the physical scan with the
mental scan to recreate a copy of you, or install your brain
into another body (Not Yours), or attached your body to the
brain of another scanned person.
Now, imagine if they keep on - indefinitely - duplicating and
reduplicating these scans, physically and mentally, how
many millions of new hybrid people would be created? More
than you can count!!
In some instances, at birth, some of them have already
implanted scanned brains into the brain/mind of new born
babies. The baby is 2 hours old, but his/her memory is 50
years old.

The new born’s mind is almost virgin and clean like a dry
sponge, but with their genetic manipulation, they can feed
this virgin mind with the contents of brilliant minds they
have scanned for hundreds of years.
So what we have here is a superbaby, an infant who is more
intelligent than all the geniuses on Earth, combined!
Is the Ulema-Anunnaki
group administered by
men or a matriarch
woman?

Q uestion by Rita Montiel, Madrid, Spain.

Q uestion: Is the Ulema-Anunnaki group administered by

men or a matriarch woman as I have heard?

Answer:
No, the Ulema are not exclusively all men. In fact, the head
of one Ma’had (Center/Institute) is Umdasturia; a
magnificent woman. And her name is quite interesting and
revealing.
Those who know Turkish, Arabic, Farsi, and some ancient
Middle Eastern languages will be able to know what her
name means. Well, Um means mother, and Dasturia means
the law, or the constitution of the Ulema’s assembly.
By the way, the assembly is called Majlas. In the eye of Baal
Shamroot and Ameliku (the great supreme Sinhars of the
Anunnaki), even though men and women are equal, women
remain far more superior to men.

Women are the first and exclusive source of Man’s life and
existence in the known universe. Women are the first cell
and the first molecule of the life of all men. The earliest
Akkadian-Babylonian- Sumerian tablets tell us that the early
women on Earth, the offspring of the Anunnaki and Igigi did
not need men’s sperm to fertilize their eggs and give birth
to babies.

Women-goddesses were self-reproductive, and could give

birth to babies without having intercourse with a man. But
they lost this capability, by constantly interbreeding with
Earth’s men and continuously engaging in sexual acts with
Earth’s creatures . According to the Akkadian-Sumerian
tablets, at the beginning of time, the second most powerful
person in the universe was a woman goddess - creator of
the universe, and of men.
She was called Tiamat. But Tiamat was dethroned and killed
by a male god known as Marduk. The male scribes and the
kings needed to restore the Authority of Man over
everything, thus they created the myth of Marduk and
justified the reason for his killing Tiamat.

Marduk fi ghting the dragon Tiamat.

 Marduk fighting the dragon Tiamat, and putting an
end to her major influence on the affairs of the
universe, the state and Man. By doing so, Marduk
became the absolute and most powerful god of the
Anunnaki, the Igigi, and Babylon.

Marduk chasing and fi ghting Tiamat.

Eventually, Marduk will slaughter Tiamat, and from parts of

her body, Marduk will create the universe, according to the
Akkadian-Babylonian tablets.
The relationship between
our mind, body and
cellular memory?

Q uestion by Tony Rossi, Bocan Raton, Florida.

Q uestion: What is the relationship between our mind, body

and cellular memory?

Answer:
Do you think you are seeing yourself as a physical reality
when you in a mirror? Think again. Some highly evolved
people extend to the outside perimeter of their physical
body… said Ulema Li. Ulema ben Yacob stated: You too,
can do this…you can transcend the physical boundaries of
your body. There are two presences/substances that made
you what and who you are:
a-You as a person;
b-You as a human being.

The human being is the physical form of yourself.

The Person is what constitutes everything about yourself.
There are lots of things (Matter and Mind) about you that
are somewhere you are not aware of. Part of you exists in a
tree, in a river, in a thought, in a memory cell, in a beautiful
song, in a dream, in another country, and way beyond; in
dimensions that most recently were elaborated on, by
quantum physics’ leading thinkers and pioneers.
You have to find out everything that is part of you, in order
to reach extraordinary standards of intelligence, and
unmatched success at multiple levels.
Part of your Extraordinary Intelligence rotates around
cellular memory.
Do you know where your cellular memory is?
Is it in your physical body, or in your psyche?
Is it in you The Person , or in you the Human Entity ?
And why is cellular memory so important to be concerned
about?
It is important, because that memory is everything you have
experienced and learned from, as well as the stimulus and
conditioner of your judgment, analysis and the
understanding of the world you live in.
But it is not perfect because it is not complete.
You have to tap into both segments of yourself, the physical
body that takes you from your home to your office, and the
Person that transports you from a limited physical sphere
of knowledge to the ultimate and highest zone of
awareness, that is so close to you, close to your physical
body.
There, you will find the ultimate truth about yourself, how
much information and knowledge you have stored within
you before you were born, after you were born, and what
you are going to be once you are no longer here.
You are too important to be confined in 150 pounds, 190
pounds, 200 pounds, 5 feet, or 6 feet 11. You are much
bigger and denser than you think. So tap into the missing
part of yourself. It is so enjoyable, so remunerating, so
profitable, and so powerful.
Visit yourself iin other dimensions, rediscover the zone you
that are not fully aware of exists. It belongs to you, and to
you alone. Once there, you will reinforce your physical and
mental powers and energies.
The denser the body of your other person is, the healthier
you become. That other person you may call whatever you
want: a guardian, an angel, an etheric presence, your
double. All are the very same thing. People who have
succeeded in blending with the other part of themselves
that extends beyond and outside their physical mass of
muscles, feet, hands and lungs, have accomplished
extraordinary things.
You too can do it. It just requires a certain degree of belief,
practice and determination.

Where is this other part of me, you might ask?

It is so close to your physical body, and wherever you go, it
goes with you, it does not follow you, but accompany you.
You have to make a deal with it.
You have to reach some sort of agreement with it.
An agreement to chat together, to meet somewhere, and go
from there.
If you don’t converse with your own mind, you will never
work out/exercize the mental muscles in your brain, and if
you do not increase the size and strength of your mental
muscles, your intellect will shrink.

Note: In the Ulema Anunnaki Forbidden Book of

Ramadosh , Maximillien de Lafayette and Germain Lumiere
provided some techniques that could enable you to do so,
and reach your other Etheric Zone . Please refer to the
book.
Anunnaki-Phoenician
Chavad-nitrin and the
immortality of the gods

Q uestion by Georges Haddad, Michigan.

Q uestion: I am originally from Byblos (Jbeil) in Lebanon,

and we Lebanese are descendants of the Crusaders who
learned some of the secrets of the Anunnaki in Lebanon and
Jerusalem. I have heard that my ancestors the Phoenicians
have used a product similar to athletes’ steroids. This
product I was told was also used by the Egyptian Pharaohs.
Could you please tell me more about it? Many thanks.
 Roman pillars leading up to the temple of Balaat Gebal, in
Byblos, Phoenicia, where the Chavad-nitrin was used by the
priests of Baal.

God Osiris.

Answer:
Correct, that product was called Chavad-nitrin , after an
ancient Phoenician embalming process, learned from Byblos
and Arwad Anunnaki remnants, using Mah’rit (Maha-reet), a
secret substance considered to be humanity’s first formula
for steroids, mixed with barks from the cedars of Phoenicia.
It was frequently used by athletes in Ugarit, Amrit, and
Arwad.

Ruins of the ancient city of Ugarit.

From Chavad-nitrin, derived the Greek word Natron or

Natrin, a substance used in the embalming process.
Because of the reported physical endurance and legendary
longevity it produced, the Egyptians equated the words
Neter, Netjer and Netjet with the immortality of the gods.
According to Egyptian tradition, the first human being to be
mummified was the god Osiris, whose body floated down
the Nile in a wooden casket, and washed ashore at Byblos
(Your hometown) in Phoenicia.
For this reason, Byblos was a sacred region to Osiris, to his
cult, and to the Egyptians. This explains the reason why the
Egyptians have called Byblos the land of the god Osiris; Ta
Netjer.
Hidden entrances to
other worlds and
dimensions, right here on
Earth

Q uestion by Isabelle Franchot, and Emile Farkas, Beverly

Hills, California.

Q uestion: Do UFOs and extraterrestrials use galactic

entrances and space-time corridors to enter and exit our
world? And how many are there? Are they visible to the
naked eye?

Answer:
There are several unseen, hidden, and undetectable
entrances to three different dimensions beyond ours:
a. Entrance(s) to the after-life (After death);
b. Entrances to the fourth dimension;
c. Entrance(s) to the parallel dimension (Ba’ab)

Each dimension (Zone) is a totally different world in

structure, substance, composition, and boundaries. Some
are extremely close to us. Closer than you might think.
I will explain:

a-Entrance to the after-life:

This is called life after death. And it is exactly what you
might think. The realm of deceased people. Only dead
people enter this zone, and they never return. The
Babylonians called it The Land of no Return .
It was mentioned in their epics. In some passages, it was
called Kur in Akkadian. On their way into that dimension,
deceased people encounter all sorts of entities, benevolent
and malevolent. This is not my personal theory. I did not
invent such a story. This was mentioned thousands of years
ago in the Egyptian Book of the Dead, in the Tibetan Bardo
Todol , and many other texts from various ancient cultures.
b-Entrance to the fourth dimension:

This is a zone that a person can enter in two manners,

mentally and physically.
This zone could have entrances everywhere; in your
bedroom, in a valley, in a building corridor, absolutely
everywhere and anywhere. And this includes the oceans,
the bottom of the sea, in thin air, and right inside your home
doors. Many people have been sucked-up, absorbed by its
Pulling Force (Magnetic field) in a split second. Once they
are attracted or pulled in by these entrances, they zoom
inside the entrance at incredible speed. For
incomprehensible reasons, these entrances could open up
and close at anytime, any moment. And as soon as a person
or an object is swallowed up by the current (Flux-Influx) of
those entrances, the entrance shut’s its opening (Overture)
in on itself. Those kinds of entrances are situated
everywhere in our world. There is vast literature on people,
vehicles, animals who have vanished into thin air, in a split
second.
Highly advanced alien races know exactly where the
locations of these entrances are, as well as their currents
and times of opening and closing. They have used these
entrances as corridors and passages for millions of years.
Many of their spaceships have navigated through these
channels. Some Ulema have explained the passages of
these entrances as a net of time and space bending on
itself, and thus reducing distances and time between points
and destinations.
Sometimes, UFOs sharp angular turns and zigzag pattern
indicate where these entrances are located in the skies. This
is why Ulema have said that UFOS do not fly, they jump.
Meaning, they jump from one pocket to another.
In other words, these pockets are nothing more than
entrances to a higher dimension; the fourth dimension.
I am absolutely sure that several scientists working on
classified outer-space programs (sponsored by some
governments) have already worked on projects related to
fourth dimensional entrances. Some might have succeeded.
And I will rest my case here, and keep my mouth shut!
It was reported in close circles, that a couple living
somewhere in the United States had a nightmarish
experience, when the nanny of their two lovely children
vanished into thin air, in a fraction of a second in their
kitchen, while opening a can of concentrated milk; never to
be found again.
The military police were called in to investigate. Two days
later, the case was closed and the couple were order to
evacuate their home. You have every right to doubt my
words.
To an alert mind, these sorts of stories are science fiction.
From the bottom of my heart, I do not wish to see you in a
similar situation, because this could happen to all of us.
A highly regarded scientist told me once that the
disappearance of the nanny was never considered a closed
case . He said that a few hours after this tragic and
frightening experience happened, one parapsychologist and
one quantum physics expert were taken to the couple’s
home to conduct further investigations.
They searched the whole house, and after three laborious
hours, found the entrance to the fourth dimension, located
on the right side of the kitchen sink. They sealed the kitchen
area, and encircled the entrance Door of the threatening
dimension with colored fiberglass sheets. From these types
of openings, entities, substances, other life-forms, gravity
and reverse-gravity can also leak into our world from that
fourth dimension.

3-Entrance to the parallel dimension:

I will not elaborate on this dimension, because I have
written on this subject ad infinitum in many of my previous
books. But worth mentioning here, is that parallel
dimensions are not the product of fantasy or science fiction.
Some of the world’s most admired scientists and professors
teaching quantum physics have already explained what a
parallel dimension is, and/ or how multiple dimensions work.
According to their most recent findings and theories, there
are 11 known parallel dimensions in the universe.
Paranormal mirrors and
extraterrestrials: Mirrors
that remember their
previous owners.

Q uestion by Fabio T., Rome, Italy

Q uestion: I read a small article on a mysterious antique

mirror that caused the death of an owner, because as it was
explained in the articles, the mirrors had a vengeful memory
against it’s owner. There are people who believe that the
mirrors had an extraterrestrial origin and were
contaminated by aliens. Logically, they said the
contamination killed people. What is your personal opinion?

Answer:
Coincidentally, I wrote an entry on your question in my last
book. Apparently you did not read it. I will avoid asking you
to refer to the book, fearing that some might think I am
using this new book to sell a previous one. So, I am going to
repeat here and briefly, some of the most important points.
I. Introduction
II. The story
III. Italian philosopher Tommaso Campanella’s explanation
IV. Paris Academy of Science
V. Parapsychology
VI. Psychology and metalogic
 VII. Extraterrestrial influence

I. Introduction:
This is one of the most striking and mind-twisting stories in
the annals of the black arts, extraterrestrial studies,
parapsychology, and alien phenomena.
It is part parapsychological, biological, and part alien.
The subject was discussed by members of prestigious
French academies of science, noted historians, and most
recently, a learned group of Anunnaki-Ulema.

II. The story:

This bizarre event took place in France in 1997, and it was
described by Del senso delle cose, so it is not my fabrication
(As noted by Del senso delle cose):
Antique dealers addressed journalists with a request to warn
the collectors of antiques not to buy the mirror, which had
the inscription Louis Arpo 1743 on the frame. They said that
the mirror had killed almost 38 people during the long
history of its existence.
Antique dealers decided to address the media, as the mirror
had disappeared. It was found missing when a criminal law
professor asked to take photographs of the mirror, to show
them at his lectures. The mirror was kept at a police station
after it had killed two people in 1910. However, someone
penetrated their storage facilities and stole several things,
including the mirror.
We think that the thief will try sell it, that is why we are
trying to provide as much information as possible about the
mirror to warn potential customers of the danger, a
spokesman for the French association of antique collectors
said.
The mentioned mirror provoked a cerebral hemorrhage for
the people that were looking into it. Some people believed
that the mirror was reflecting rays of light in a specific way,
whereas other believed that it happened because of the
mirror’s negative energy that it had stored for hundreds of
years.
There were some people, who thought that the mirror was a
window another world. There is no common opinion about
the antique mirror, but people still try to explain the reason
for the mysterious deaths that it had caused.

III. Tommaso Campanella’s explanation:

A mirror is like a magnet, thus it is capable of attracting
poisonous evaporations and accumulate them on its
surface. Italian philosopher Tommaso Campanella (1568-
1639) had a rather scary theory about this.
He stated: Old women, who do not have warm blood in
their veins, who have horrible smell coming out of their
mouth and eyes, find that their mirrors become blurred,
because moisture drops of their heavy breath stick to the
clear cold glass. If their saliva drops on fabric, the fabric
decays.
If a child sleeps with an old woman, its days will become
shorter and her days will become longer, and the child will
die.

IV. Paris Academy of Science:

French scientists discussed the same question a hundred
years later. A document of the Paris Academy of Science,
dated 1739, stated: When an old woman approaches a
clear mirror and spends a lot of time in front of it, a mirror
absorbs a lot of her bad juices. The chemical analysis
showed the juices to be very poisonous. Some researchers
use this property of mirrors to explain a superstition, which
says that one should not come up to a mirror during an
ailment.
Poisonous substances that a sick person breathes out stay
on the glass of a mirror and then evaporate, causing
damage to the health of people who inhale the poisonous
air.

V. Parapsychology:
Researchers stated that it was not the chemical sediment of
the Louis Arpo mirror that had killed its owners. Poisonous
substances on a mirror can be washed away with water very
easily.
The mirror has certainly been washed many times.
However, a mirror might save some information - it would
not be insane to suppose that a mirror has memory. A mirror
in a house witnesses all events that happen there.
A mirror reflects dramas and tragedies, stupid and funny
things, it reflects beauty and ugliness. At times, people wish
a mirror could show episodes that it used to reflect years
ago, to playback the past.
A. Vulis wrote in his book Literary Mirrors: A mirror is always
the present, without the past and without the future.
A mirror is the incarnation of amnesia. It is a streaming
moment that disappears forever once it has been reflected.
It is really very hard to believe that a mirror is like a video
camera, but it is not excluded that mirrors are capable of
remembering something. Visual images are not likely, but it
is possible that a mirror can remember peculiar features
of its owner, like other things can.

VI. Psychology and metalogic:

Doctor Hans Berendt from Israel conducted an interesting
experiment with a woman, who had extraordinary sensory
abilities.
He asked her to explain the feelings that she experienced
from unknown objects inside two identical boxes. The
woman said that she had felt a strange feeling of a push
from one box, but the thing in the other box was completely
different. She said, there was something ancient about it, a
dilapidated amphitheatre with huge ancient amphoras.
When the doctor opened the boxes, the woman found
windowpane pieces in one of them and ancient Roman coins
that archaeologists had found in Bethlehem.
Glass fragments in the first box were taken from a window
that was broken from a powerful blast in Jerusalem that had
killed dozens of people. If all things have certain memory
properties, a mirror is no exception, especially when it
comes to mirrors with silvery amalgams, because silver is
the metal of strong informational capacity.
One should assume that a mirror can radiate the
information that it has saved before. This radiation might
affect a human being. One should be very careful before
hanging an old mirror in a room.
It might be filled with negative energy. An old mirror with a
rich history often causes strange dreams full of bizarre
images; it might evoke unusual desires, inexplicable fears
and so on.
Most likely, a mirror remembers the condition, emotions and
feelings that a human being had. Most likely, a mirror keeps
the information, and remembers not images, but the
meaning of them. This meaning might affect the mind of a
new owner.

VII. Extraterrestrial influence:

An Anunnaki-Ulema stated that everything in the universe
has memory, including matter. Thus we have spatial
memory, metal memory (memory metal), time memory,
emotional memory, parallel memory, multidimensional
memory, and so on. All objects retain a depot of events and
vibes that have occurred around them. Some of the depot’s
contents is of a positive nature, while other parts of the
contents are of a negative nature. If an object is of
extraterrestrial origin, it could radiate vibes that fatally
affect the mind.
Health will deteriorate, and death becomes imminent. A
type of mirror reported in Anunnaki-Ulema literature is
called the Miraya, a very sophisticated tool allegedly used
by the Anunnaki to monitor time and space, and the
activities of other extraterrestrial races. The Miraya can be
deadly if used by humans.
Another type of mirror is called a Mnaizar (small Minzar), a
sort of table-magnifier made out of plasma-energy, that
Ulema-Anunnaki use to track events and produce
supernatural phenomena such as teleportation, and metals’
transmutation.
The Mnaizar is a highly sophisticated instrument originally
developed by the Anunnaki while they inhabited Earth. The
Ulema have several copies of these mirrors.
Ulema W. Li stated that it is very possible that the French
mirror is some sort of version of the Mnaizar. It retains
memory, and even projects a holographic calendar of future
events. Humans who gaze at this sort of mirror will expose
themselves to great danger. The Mnaizar emits undetected
fatal radiation.
Anunnaki type of
civilization

Q uestions by Reverend Nancy Santos.

Q uestion: What type of civilization are the Anunnaki at this

moment in time? A Type One, Two, Three, or other
civilization? According to Professor Michio Kaku, a
theoretical physicist from New York University, a Type One is
a civilization is one that gets there energy from all planets.
Type Two Civilization is a (Stellar) getting energy from their,
Mother Sun only! Type Three Civilization gets their Energy
from all the suns in our universe and the next.
Answer:
You don’t need to classify the Anunnaki in any category. On
Earth, we love to classify people, categorize subjects, create
lists; list of the year’s best in this or that, list of the worst in
this and that, the list of the best dressed stars, the list of the
worst dressed stars, David Letterman’s list of 10, and so on.
This is how human minds work: Classification, rating,
grades, etc.

In the immensity of the universe, the galactic mind works

differently, and we will talk one day about the Galactic
Mind , the Universal Mind , the Supersymetric Mind , etc.
It is necessary sometimes to classify a subject, a topic, a
product, or even – in this case, as you have asked – a type
of civilization, in order to understand what level of
accomplishment such and such a civilization has reached.
This is necessary, especially when a civilization is new,
and/or when a civilization is going through multiple
phases/stages of development. This does not apply to the
Anunnaki and other highly developed galactic civilizations,
simply because the human mind cannot fully understand
the extremely high and extraordinary standards/levels of
technology and science of civilizations which are millions,
perhaps billions of years ahead of us.
The classification given by Dr. Kaku is wonderful, and
appeals to many of us. Our mind can understand it, or at
least cope with it.
In the cosmos, galactic civilizations evolve differently, and
have nothing to do with Getting energy from their, Mother
Sun , or getting energy from all planets.
In our Solar system, we have one sun. In other galactic
systems, some planets have more than one sun, and more
than one moon. So we cannot, and should not define and
classify alien civilizations, by why and how they get their
energies; from the sun or other sources.
However, and according to Ulema Bader El-din, Berkov, and
Oppenheimer, the Anunnaki civilization has reached its
ultimate level some 30,ooo.000 years ago.
It is difficult to define Ultimate level , because we do not
understand all the advancement levels of alien
communities. We do not know who they are. Where they
are? How many are they in the universe?
Anunnaki immaturity,
emotional control,
jealousy, sin?

Q uestions by Reverend Nancy Santos.

Q uestion: Have the Anunnaki matured away from their

immaturity in emotional control, past stories of jealousy,
power, etc., sin?
Answer:
On what base(s) or ground, have you created this opinion of
yours? How did you know about Anunnaki’s maturity or
immaturity? Jealousy, sin, etc.? The only and very few
authentic and authoritative references (Historical,
chronological, linguistic, religious, epistemological,
etymological, artistic, archeological, anthropological, and of
course cosmological) on the Anunnaki are found in:

• 1-The Akkadian clay tablets texts:

The Akkadian clay tablets texts, (Nineveh Library of Ashur-
ba-Nipal) which millions of readers in the West cannot read.
And almost 99% of those who read about ufology and
related topics have based their opinions about the Anunnaki
(and also other aliens as well), on personal interpretations of
very crafty authors with fabulous and phantasmagorical
theories that defy logic and common sense.
Unless you know Akkadian, Old Babylonian, Ugaritic, Hittite,
Assyrian, and Phoenician languages, you cannot form any
opinion on the Anunnaki. However, you can shape a pretty
clear idea about the Anunnaki, by reading the works and
translations of the early Assyriologists and eminent
linguists, who deciphered and translated the Akkadian
cuneiform tablets in the 19th and early 20th centuries.
Unfortunately, very few readers in the West are interested in
these literary and academic publications, because they are
not fun – or so they think!
They would rather prefer to read paperback books, and
stories by contemporary authors who have managed to
somehow mesmerize the public with fabulous stories and
extraordinary interpretations, which is why their books have
become bestsellers, whilst the serious and well-researched
books on the history and civilization of Mesopotamia,
Babylon, Sumer, Assyria, Chaldea, Akkad, Ugarit, and
Anunnaki are largely ignored and forgotten under a heavy
layer of dust in college libraries, and in the archives of rarely
visited museums.
But I have some good news for you.
In many works by archeologists, historians, linguists and
museum curators (From the early 1810 to the mid 20th
century), you can find translations of Akkadian and Old
Babylonian texts, referring to how and why the Sumerians
depicted the Anunnaki as they did. Please read the serious
books written by acclaimed scholars, and not the third rate
novels, commercial essays, paperbacks, and idiotic blogs on
the Internet!!
In those translations by academicians and noted historians,
you will find plenty of stories about the emotions, feelings,
and the way of life of the Anunnaki, as depicted by
Babylonian scribes and writers in the Akkadian language,
and proto-Babylonian. These stories encompass all sorts of
dramas and soap operas, like gods raping women, Anunnaki
Sinhars (Leaders) fighting each other, an Anunnaki god who
planned the destruction of the human race; Anunnaki
goddesses with extreme anger and legendary jealousy, so
on. But bear in mind, those Anunnaki stories came from the
mouth of fabulous story-tellers in Sumer. And this was
intentional on their part.
They wanted to portray the Anunnaki as divine-human, so at
least they could share some common and similar traits with
them. The Greeks did the very same thing.
Some of their deities were jealous, ferocious, malicious and
yes, some were rapists and sexual predators!!
Something else you should remember:
The Anunnaki who descended to Earth (Sumer, Phoenicia,
Turkey) are quite different from the Anunnaki who were, and
still are in Nibiru!
Earth’s Anunnaki had to look in some way, somehow not
very much different from humans, otherwise the
Babylonians would have not tried to identify and associate
their legendary kings with the Anunnaki kings.

• 2-The Bible:
Lafayette said, “I will be brief. The Old Testament offered
contradicting, convergent and divergent portrayals of the
Anunnaki, usually referred to as Rephaim, Anakim, Nephilim,
B’nai Elohim, so on.
Don’t count on these Biblical accounts. The early Hebrew
scribes borrowed their major Biblical stories from the myths
and religions of Babylon, Ugarit, Amrit and Phoenicia.

As a matter of fact, Yahweh was Baal-El, the Ugaritic-

Phoenician god. And almost all the powerful traits and
virtues of Enki and Ea were transferred to the attributes of
Jehovah (Yahweh, the god of the Israelites), even Daniel was
copied from the Phoenician myth of Danel (Ugarit).
This is a fact.
You can read several translations of this myth as well as
numerous Ugaritic texts referring to the early prototypes
and characteristics of Yahweh found in the depiction of the
Ugaritic deities. Having said that, bear in mind that the
Biblical depiction of the Anunnaki in various forms and
names is not accurate. In fact, they are hostile, and there
are reasons for doing so.
Firstly, Abraham and Moses desperately wanted to establish
an identity for their people.
In ancient times, a nation was usually associated with its
deities. If their god was strong and all mighty, then they
become a powerful and rightful nation.
If, however, you have a bad/weak god, you end up with a
bad/weak nation. Secondly, the early Israelites feared the
expansion of the Phoenician cults. They were a direct threat
to Yahweh, their own god.
The Israelite prophets waged hysterical wars against the
gods of Tyre, Sidon, Byblos, Arwad, Ugarit and Amrit.
Consequently, they had to assassinate the character of all
other gods, and portray Yahweh as the only, the mightiest
and most righteous god of all. Therefore, what you have
read in the Bible about the sin, the anger, the jealousy, the
vices of the Anunnaki, were written by scribes who had to
defend their own interests, authority, the pride of their
nation, their raison d’etre, and the
status/importance/legitimacy of their god, and above all, to
justify the reasons for conquering the lands of their
neighbors, and building their new cities on territories taken
away from their legitimate owners.
Yes, the Bible is the most colorful propaganda literature in
the world.”
3- Phoenician and Anatolian texts and
archeological finds:
You can learn a lot about the Anunnaki from studying slabs,
texts, obelisks and cylinder seals found in Turkey, Arwad,
Malta, Cyprus, Ugarit, Amrit, Phoenicia, Armenia (Urartu,
Cilicia), Byblos, Batroun, Sidon, Afkah, Amchit and Tyre in
Lebanon (Ancient Phoenicia). In addition, there are several
myths and poems in Phoenician and Ugaritic that tell us
about the traits and characteristics of the Anunnaki.
Worth mentioning here is that none of these archeological
finds indicate what you have stated: Anunnaki immaturity,
jealousy, control, etc. On the contrary, the Anatolian and
Phoenician texts and slabs offered us a different picture of
the Anunnaki, in sharp contrast to the Hebrew depiction of
the Anunnaki.
Before passing judgment on the Anunnaki, we should first
refer to historical sources, and above all to original texts
written in Akkadian/Sumerian, Babylonian and Phoenician.
What you read on the Internet (Usually written by ignorant
red necks, self-proclaimed channelers and psychics, and
people totally unfamiliar with Middle Eastern and Near
Eastern languages) is pure fabrication.
Stick to the historical and linguistic facts!
Anunnaki management
skills

Q uestions by Reverend Nancy Santos.

Q uestion: Have they learned to manage their emotions and

improve their management skills?
Answer:
What kind of management skills are you talking about?
Do you think Anunnaki have or need to have IBM, Kentucky
Fried Chicken, Video Professor, E-Harmony, and E-bay on
Nibiru, to properly improve corporation and management
skills?
The Anunnaki created the human race.
The Anunnaki conquered the frontiers of time and
space.
The Anunnaki penetrated the depth and infinity of the
universe.
The Anunnaki’s longevity exceeds 450,000 years.
The Anunnaki conquered the fastest speed in the known
cosmos, faster than the speed of light.

Well, my dear Nancy, all of the above require lots of

management skills.
They already have great management skills.
Oh yes! They got it millions of years ago!!
The Anunnaki’s God: A
critical God?

Q uestion by Reverend Nancy Santos.

Q uestion: Are the Anunnaki a Critical God?

No forgiveness, and no exceptions as in an eye for an eye
and a tooth for a tooth?
Answer:
The Anunnaki do not have a God.
The God we know (Judeo-Christian-Muslim God) was
invented by an Iraqi man called Abraham (Real name Av-
Ram, and he was born in Ur in Mesopotamia, modern day
Iraq.) And this God called Yahweh or Jehovah by the
Hebrews was in fact a replica of the Anunnaki Ea-Enki lords,
and later on embellished with a divine caricature borrowed
from the Ugaritic-Phoenician pagan god Baal, El.
The concept of God, or one God was reinforced by Moses; a
god he met in the bushes! Q uite a rendez-vous!
The same God he had a chat with on Mount Sinai, where he
received the 10 Commandments! The truth I tell you,
Yahweh was modeled after the Anunnaki lords who
descended on Iraq, and the Phoenician Baal (Ba’al Hadadd)
of Tyre and Ugarit.
Besides, Moses did not need to go all the way up to the top
of the mountain to get his Commandments.
They were already available to him in Egypt, while he
served as a chief advisor and a military commander to the
Pharaoh. The 10 Commandments were in fact 613
Commandments. Almost 80% of these Hebraic
Commandments were taken from the Egyptian scriptures
and the Egyptian Book of the Dead!!
Some 50 years ago, German and French archeologists found
the Famous Byblos Building Inscriptions which specifically
contained the name of Yahweh as Yaw, and Ya-weh
(Phoenician pronunciation) centuries before Moses
announced to his people the name of their Hebrew God.
God was created by Man.
However, the Anunnaki have A Maha-Sinhar, also called
Gala-Amroot, and Baalshamrout, which means a great lord.
He/she is in charge. He is both female and male, the
creator/creatrice of all intelligent life-forms on Earth.
On Nibiru and in the galactic infinity, the Maha-Sinhar is a
merciful lord. Her/his wisdom is based upon a complete
understanding of Donia (The world; the universe). Her/his
truth is founded in science; a positive and friendly
science.
No exceptions as in an eye for an eye and a tooth for a
tooth? as you have stated, is an alarming truth, because it
is part of early Man’s literature. Yes, Nancy, you are right
this time, if you associate this phrase with the God we have
learned about from the Israelites.
Some of the Anunnaki so-called gods who descended to
Earth (Sumer/Assyria) displayed anger, vengeance et al, as
depicted by scribes on planet Earth. This primordial
depiction gave birth to the character, persona and traits of
the Hebrew God who become the God of the Christians and
the Muslims.
But…but NOT to the early Gnostic Christians (The Real and
first Christians), for they understood that the Judaic God was
a vicious, vengeful and aggressive villain-god!
The Anunnaki’s God on Earth was a Critical God as you
have correctly stated.
The Anunnaki so-called God on Nibiru is just the opposite!
This is not a personal attack on Judaism and Christianity
and/or Islam. My favorite mentors/teachers were Mordachai
ben Zvi and N. ben Yacob. I was raised as a Roman-Catholic
and as a Jew. And I have served the Vatican and the Jewish
community and media in several roles and capacities.
As to my affiliation with Islam, (I am not a Muslim) I have
studied the Koran and Arabic literature for more than 55
years, and I have taught Islamic literature and language for
decades, in addition to which I have studied the Sharia, the
Fukh, and Islamic laws and procedures for a very long time,
and appeared before Islamic courts as an attorney at law; a
tradition I became very fond of!
Benevolent and
malevolent Anunnaki
gods

Q uestion by Reverend Nancy Santos.

Q uestion: Is there a benevolent and a malevolent faction of

Anunnaki Gods?
Answer:
Not in their homeland, and not on their planet!
On Earth, yes!
And on Earth in ancient times, not today.
Ancient stories and inscriptions on clay tablets found in Iraq
revealed a great deal of violence, aggression, and
malevolence of the Anunnaki gods.
a-The Epic of Gilgamesh,
b-the Descent of Ishtar to Kurnugi (Hell),
c-The Enuma Elish,
d-The exploits of Marduk,
e-The Akkadian epic of creation,
f-The story of the fight between Tiamat and Marduk,
g-The struggle between the Anunnaki lords, Ea, Enki,
Anu,
h-The story of the revolt of the Igigi,
i-The story of the rape of an Anunnaki goddess by an
Anunnaki god/king,
 j-The story of the genetic creation of the first Man by
slaughtering an Igigi god,
k-The poems and literature of Babylon (Ishtar, Inanna,
Eabani, Enkidu, etc.)

All have revealed the good and bad aspects of the Anunnaki
gods on Earth, as written by the Babylonian scribes. But
these stories are pure literature, myths, legends, and tales,
and exclusively related to Earth’s Anunnaki. The truth of
these events can only be found within the
manuscripts/scrolls of the Anunnaki-Ulema.
Clairvoyance (Telepathic
communication/ vision)
between members of the
same family

Q uestion from his Eminence, Archbishop Fré dé ric Burcklé

von Aarburg. Brussels, Belgium.

Q uestion: Y a-t-il une voyance entre les membres d‘une

meme famille? (Ce que disent les Mormons). Je pense que
nous sommes des ré cepteurs d’ondes, peut etre plus fortes
é manant d‘une famille. Mon grand père paternel est dé cé dé
au milieu d’une haine familiale é norme, la principale raison
en é tait que notre famille é tant Alsacienne, mon grand père
se trouva du coté de l’occupant, alors que mon père fut
dans la ré sistance.
Je ré sidais à l’é poque entre Bruxelles et Amsterdam; Je
dé cidais de faire dire une messe pour mon grand père 6
mois après son dé ces; Bien sur je fis en sorte de calculer
quel jour je serais pré sent pour la dite messe à Bruxelles;
Il se fit que je ne pouvais etre à Bruxelles le jour de la
messe; Le soir j‘ai té lé phoné à Paris et mon père m’a
dé claré : Figure toi que je ne sais pourquoi aujourd‘hui mes
pas m’ont porté à telle Eglise (il n‘allait jamais plus à
l’Eglise)à 18heures (heure de la messe pré vue à Bruxelles)
et j’ai prié et allumé un cierge pour mon père (mon grand
père)
Il se trouve donc que, ce qui est logique, il fit le devoir que
je lui avait mentalement suggé ré (c’est mon interpré tation)

Translation in brief: Is there clairvoyance (Telepathic

communication/vision) between members of the same
family?

Answer:
Science has split interpretations on the subject. However,
such telepathic communication does occur quite often,
especially between siblings and members of the same
family, who share a strong affectionate bondage.
This telepathic phenomenon is usually reinforced in cases,
when two members of the same family are deeply
concerned with one subject and/or a situation that tie(s)
them very closely to each other; such occurrences are
manifested in cases of death, imminent threat, accentuated
anxiety, fear, a deep concern, and an urgent need to reach
other.
Clairvoyance rapport and/or mental suggestion can be
taught.
It is a matter of:
a-Rapport:
1-Determination of two persons or more who wish to
contact each other,
2-Concentration on the same subject or object,
3- Parties’ agreeing on contacting each other at a
specific time,
4-Parties willingness to be patient;
5-One party to act as a recipient (A receiver),
6-Another party to act as an emitter (Sender) of the
message.
 7-The locale is very important. The parties involved
should not be distracted.

b-Message:
The message should be:
1-Clear and precise,
2-Brief,
3-Totally mental, meaning no words are pronounced, no
phrases are used. The message is transmitted as a
mental image/wave. (Ondulation; ondes)
4-Suggested by a single person directed toward one
single person. No mass communication is to be
considered.
5-The sender (Emitter) must be younger than the
recipient, except when a message is sent by a female
sender, such as mother and sister, NOT a wife or a
girlfriend.

Yes, I agree with you, Your Eminence, your mental

suggestion and transmission of your message were
effective… said Ulema de Lafayette.
On the Anunnaki’s
creation of early humans
and Earth original
species

Q uestions by Angelique Marquise, New York, New York.

Q uestion: Were the quasi-humans (lifeforms) the Anunnaki

encountered (when they first came to earth) a natural
product of evolution, or genetically manipulated by the Igigi
/ prior ET?

Answer:
Anunnaki-Ulema records show that Earth was inhabited by
47 different kinds of human species. The book Ilmu Al
Donia (Knowledge of the Universe or the World) indicates
36 intelligent life-forms, as ten were considered animal-
human/bestial humans. Many species existed on Earth, long
before the Anunnaki landed on Earth.

Some were the result of:

a-Photo-synthesis;
b-Metabolism;
c-Molecular metamorphosis;
d-Cosmic dust;
e-Ma’iya, meaning verbatim Aquatic fertilization . In
other words, a blend of photo-synthesis and maritime
 bacteria;
f-Etc, etc

As you can see, some of these species were bio-organic

causes and effects. Consequently, a large number of these
species were the development of natural elements found on
Earth, or imported from other celestial bodies, stars,
planets, comets, cosmic dust, collisions between spatial
molecules, clay found in asteroids, etc…
So, when the Anunnaki, Igigi, the Lyrans and other
extraterrestrial races landed on Earth, this planet already
had a large variety of quasi-human forms.

Some of these quasi-human life-forms were captured by the

Anunnaki while exploring Central Africa, Brazil, Madagascar
and other regions of the planet.
They conducted several genetic operations on these life-
forms, but their experiments failed miserably. Simply put,
they gave up. Then, they decided to use the genes or DNA
of one of the Igigi gods (Egeshu) and mixed the extract with
elements from the Earth, such as Tourba, Tourab (Dirt, Clay,
etc.)
This was written in the Akkadian clay tablets, known to
Western readers as the Sumerian tablets. What is not totally
known to many is the fact, that Igigi also attempted to
create humans, and of course they failed, because they are
not geneticists like the Anunnaki. They were expert
mineralogists, topographers and agriculture/irrigation
experts.

Q uestion: Have we ever found skeletons and bones of

them and what do we call them? (Australopithecus,
Afarensis, Homo habilis, Erectus, Cro-magnon?)
Answer:
All of the above, of course, not taking into consideration a
proper chronology. What you have listed are science and
anthropological terms.
In Anunnaki Ulemite literature, they are called differently.
Names like:
1-Baha’em
2-Adamath
3-Adamu
4-Zakkar
5-Jens
6-Behemoth
7-So on. The list is endless.
All human beings do not
come from the same
origin

Q uestions by Angelique Marquise, New York, New York.

Q uestion: Have the Anunnaki created/genetically upgraded

species on other planets?
If so, what has been the outcome?
Answer:
No, the Anunnaki did not create or upgrade species on other
planets.

Q uestion: Page 138 of book one of the three books of

Ramadosh mentions that though we are all human beings,
we do not come from the same origin.
Some were born here on Earth, others were born
somewhere else, in some other dimensions and far different
spheres.
Can you please explain in further detail what do you mean
by that, and by us being created according to different
specifications?
Answer:
I. Introduction
II. First category of humans
Man (Humans) created on Earth from clay
 III. Second category of humans
IV. An’th-Khalka
V. The Earth-made human creatures created from a cell
VI. The space-made human creatures
VII. The Basharma early creatures
VIII. Metabolism and the oceans-made human creatures
IX. Bashar category
X. An-Nafar Jinmarkah humans
XI. The Shula
Humans with programmed brains
At the time we were created, three things happened to
us
a-The Brain Motor
b- The vibrational dimension
c- The Conduit= Health/Youth/Longevity
XII. The Shula species
XIII. The Emim
XIV. Ezakarerdi, E-zakar-erdi Azakar.Ki
XV. Ezeridim
XVI. Fari-narif Fari-Hanif
XVII. The Anunnaki-Ulema from Ashtari.

Answers by Ulema Maximillien de L afayette

Note: Excerpts from his writings/Kiraat:

I. Introduction:
According to Maximillien de Lafayette , The Earth was
populated with 47 different quasi-human life-forms, but
other scholars have stated that 36 different intelligent life-
forms inhabited the Earth.
There is a big difference between quasi-humans and
intelligent life-forms. And this distinction explains the
difference in the origin of the human race(s), and the
creation of Man according to different specifications. I will
try to explain, but it is quite complicated. There are
numerous tales about the creation of Man, emanating from
various cultures, civilizations and periods. The Bible told us,
that Man was created by God. Almost all religions claimed a
divine source for the creation of Man on Earth. However, the
Gnostics believe that Man, Earth and the Universe we know
were created by an Evil God , and there is nothing divine
or holy in his attributes.
The leading concept Angelique, is that god or the gods
used clay from Earth to fashion Man.
Of course, the methods and processes of creation are not
similar, but the material used in the creation process is
almost the same. This is of course, related exclusively to
humans who were created on Earth; more precisely on dry
land. It does also apply to humans who were created
elsewhere, or life-forms which were created from other
substances, and we will talk about this. Later on, we will
briefly approach different concepts and methods of creation
throughout the ages, and the phases of development of
human civilizations. But before we do that, let’s bring out
the concept of creating man from clay on Earth, because it
is almost universal.

II. First category of humans:

Man (Humans) created on Earth from clay.
Before we begin Angelique, please allow me to add this note
on the Assyrian word Dadmi, and the Arabic word Adam,
and the Ana’kh/Ulemite words Chaii, and Chaiturabi because
they are essential.
Chaii means human life. In the Book of Rama-Dosh, the
scribes put strong emphasis on the expression human
being life , to bring to the attention of the adept, the origin
of life and mankind on Earth, vis-à -vis other living super
beings in the cosmos.
The Ana’kh word Chaii appeared in various passages of the
book, but the most important instance is when the word
appeared as Chaiturabi , thus shedding light on the
creation of man from clay. From the Ana’kh Chaii, the
Hebrew word Chay or Chai (Pronounced like Jose in Spanish)
was derived, which means life. Chaiturabi means lively clay.
It is composed of two words:
a-Chai (Life);
b-Turabi (Dirt; dust; earth; soil; clay.)

From Turabi, derived the ancient Arabic word Turab, which

means exactly the same thing.
From the Ana’kh Chai, as you already know, came the
Hebrew word Chay or Chai which means life. In the first
edition of the Aramaic/Arabic Bible, we found this sentence:
Anta min al turab, wa ila turan ta’hoodou. Translated
verbatim: You are (anta) from (min) dirt (turab), and (wa) to
(ila) dirt (turab) you shall return (ta’houdou).
The general meaning of Chaiturabi is the genetic creation of
the Adama species (First humans; primitive beings; human
prototypes…) by the Anunnaki, and in-vitro fertilization by
Ninti, Enki, and other goddesses in a laboratory called a
Chimiti . This creation was mentioned in Sumerian,
Akkadian, and Assyrian texts.
The idea or concept of the creation of mankind from clay is
universal, and appeared in many mythologies, cosmogenies,
and religions such as that of the Ugaritic, Phoenician,
Babylonian, Chaldean, Mesopotamian, Assyrian, Sumerian,
Ana’kh, Ulemite, Greek, African, Aztec, Mongolian, Egyptian,
Islamic, and Christian religions.
Dadmim Admi , Adamai , Adami : Ana’kh-Ulemite words
which mean the human race; people on Earth; mankind. In
Arabic, it is Adami, which means man. From Dadmin and
Admi, derived the Assyrian Dadmi, which means mankind
and people. From Adami, came the name Adam.

III. Second category of humans:

Akama-ra:
According to the Ulema, the Akama-ra were the first beings
who were allowed by the Anunnaki (Enki and Inanna) to
date the Women of Light , who were quarantined on earth
in what is today the Arab Peninsular and Bahrain.
M. de Lafayette explained the meaning of Bahrain : In
Arabic, Baha means one sea, and Bahrain means two seas.
The Akama-ra were genetically created by the Anunnaki on
their home planet of Ashtari (Nibiru), and were transported
to planet earth on Anunnaki’s spaceships, called Merkabahs.

IV. An’th-Khalka:
Creation of the first humans, and different categories of
human beings:
Composed of two words:
a-An’th, which means race; people.
b-Khalka, which means creation; birth.

From An’th, is derived the Arabic word Ounth, which means

people, humans, human race. And from Khalka, is derived
the Arabic word Khalika, which means creation of the human
beings. Excerpts from Ulema’s Kira’at (Reading):
Mankind was not created by one single Sumerian god. More
than one Anunnaki participated in the creation of mankind.
And contrary to common belief, the Anunnaki were not the
first extraterrestrials and gods to create a human from clay.
Many other deities from different pantheons also created
man from clay. For instance, Khnum Kneph (Meaning: To
build, to unify in Egyptian) was one of the oldest Egyptian
gods who created mankind from clay on a potter’s wheel.
Khnum became a variation of Ptah.
The Anunnaki first landed in Phoenicia, where they
established their first colonies, and short thereafter, they
created their most elaborate medical center on the Island of
Arwad, then a Phoenician territory. However, the Anunnaki
ameliorated their genetic creations, and upgraded early
human forms and primitive humans in their laboratories in
Sumer.
The Sumerian texts, and their translations in western
languages, gave more exposure to the Anunnaki of Sumer
than to the other and equally powerful Anunnaki of
Phoenicia and Central Africa. The Sumerian texts include
various versions of the creation of mankind by a multitude
of Anunnaki gods and goddesses. Some passages in the
Sumerian texts refer to different creators, as well as to
multiple genetic experiments.
There is no reference to one singular genetic creation of the
early human races, or a solid certainty to the fact that
mankind was genetically created by one single god. In fact,
a multitude of gods and goddesses created the human race,
as it exists today in its final form.

V. The Earth-made human creatures

created from a cell:
The early quasi-human beings were created from a single
cell. The Ulema said that the Anunnaki’s matrix mentioned
earth-made quasi human creatures who originated from
single cell organisms. Those creatures were an organism
that looked like bacteria. And the primordial bacterium was
in fact, the very first life-form on planet earth. These
appeared as tiny mini-microscopic organisms that used
chemical energy (chemosynthesis). They did not need the
sun to grow and develop via photosynthesis.
In fact, these early organisms existed long before
photosynthesis developed on planet earth.
This explains the reason for their deformity, and horrific
dysmorphic features (Dysmorphism).
Those creatures were Earth-made, and first appeared in
Australia, Brazil, and Madagascar, but not in Africa. They
were not created by any God .

VI. The space-made human creatures:

Some of the very early human races (The genes, DNA) were
originally created in space. Their life started within the clay
found inside comets. The amazing aspect of this explanation
is the fact that only recently, leading scientists and
university professors in the United Kingdom have stated,
that in fact, the inside of comets contains gluey material
identical to heated clay. Once this comet clay is mixed with
earth’s water, its creates cells, molecules and membranes.
In other words: LIFE. Thus, these humans or life-forms were
not created by a God .

VII. The Basharma early creatures:

Metabolism and the ocean-made human creatures:
The Anunnaki’s matrix also revealed the existence and
origin of early human-like creatures who lived at the bottom
of the oceans. The Ulema explained that one of the earliest
life-forms on planet earth began at the very bottom of the
oceans, where metabolism originated.

VIII. Metabolism created an early human-

like form:
Those creatures had a human skull, two eyes without retina,
two legs and four long arms, but no nose, no ears, and no
hair on their bodies.
They were called the Basharma’h. (Bashar means human
race, and Ma’h means water.) Later on in history, these two
words were added to several ancient Near and Middle
Eastern languages; Mem in Hebrew, Mayim in ancient
Aramaic; Ma’ or Maay in Arabic, etc…

IX. Bashar category:

According to the Ulema, Bashar (Human beings) appeared
on planet earth in a multitude of forms and shapes.

Excerpt from their Kira’at (Reading):

On planet earth existed many different human races for
millions of years. Some are known to us, while many others
are totally unknown because they have vanished without
leaving a trace. The truth is that they have left many traces,
but we did not discover them yet.
In the near future, we will discover some of their remains,
and a new chapter on the history of mankind will be written.
However, in 2003, the skeletons of four vanished early
forms of humans (who did not look like humans) were
discovered by English archeologists and anthropologists, but
were shrouded in secrecy, and their discoveries were never
made public for many reasons. These skeletons were about
8ft to 9ft tall, possessed a thin long tail, and their remains
were discovered in England, Germany, Africa and Palestine/
what is today known as Israel.
Two leading and extremely powerful Catholic theologians
were behind the cover-up. Some of those early quasi-human
forms were 10 feet in height, and others less than 2 feet,
and looked like hobbits.
Those species were created by various extraterrestrial
races. The Anunnaki did not take part in the creation
process of these very tall and very small quasi-humans.
The extraterrestrials created them on planet earth.
But there are other early human beings who were created in
space, and on other planets, and like the very small and
very tall species, who were not part of the evolutionary
process of the modern human beings.
In total, 36 (Some say 46) different human and quasi-human
species lived on planet earth in many regions of the globe.
And none of them were created by the God we know and
worship. After all, they did not look like humans, and if we
have to believe that humans were created in the image of
God, as Judaism, Christianity and Islam tell us, then, most
certainly those early 36 different species who looked like
ferocious beasts, were not made in the image of God.
Because they were created in many regions of planet earth,
and interbred around the globe, new horrifying species
populated the planet. So the out-of-Africa theory is entirely
wrong. Humanity did neither start in, nor expand from
Africa. All those species died out after very short lifespans,
as they did not have installed in their brains, the Anunnaki’s
Conduit.

X. An-Nafar J inmarkah humans:

An-Nafar Jinmarkah is the name for the humans who walked
on three legs, supposedly created by non-terrestrial
geneticists who have visited earth some 450,000 years ago.
Some ufologists suggest that they were genetically created
by the Igigi. Some authors have claimed that the Igigi have
created a very primitive form of human beings, lacking
intelligence and mobility. The Igigi considered the early
quasi-humans to be not much more than machines with
limited mental faculties, and those early forms of humans
looked like apes.
The earth was extremely cold at that time (between ice
ages), and the Igigi had to cover the human bodies with lots
of hair to protect them from the elements. It took the quasi-
human race thousands of years to evolve into an early
human form, and even then not totally human, still looking
like apes.
Some of them had bizarre skulls and facial bones. The Igigi
actually experimented a bit with the early human-forms.
First, they created the Nafar Jinmarkah meaning
‘individual on three legs.’ They consisted of a very strong
physical body but it lacked agility. These bodies were
created to carry heavy loads. The purpose of three was to
support heavy loads that they could lift and carry. Later on,
the Igigi worked on a new human form that consisted of a
body with only two legs, in order to bring speed and better
agility. Yet, early humans remained terrifying, looking
nothing like the Biblical descriptions. The Igigi tried several
times. And each time, they faced a problem in designing the
human skull. Early Igigi creators did not want to put brains
inside the skull so the human-like forms would not think.
These early human-forms were the world’s first biological
robots.

XI. The Shula with programmed brains:

Humans with programmed brains.
From the Secret Doctrine of the Ulema.
According to M. de Lafayette, the Ulema said that the many
and different categories of early humans were not (All of
them) mentioned in the Akkadian tablets. Those human
creatures mentioned in the Babylonian epics were
intentionally selected by the Babylonian scribes, and
authors of Mesopotamian myths for specific reasons. One of
the early intelligent human races were the Shula. They were
different from all the other species, because they had a
well-developed brain, which was programmed by the
Anunnaki. This race was experimented upon in Arwad. The
Shula were about 5ft 1 to 5ft 4 on average, on the chubby
side in stature, and more resourceful than we are today, as
they had larger brains.

In one of his fascinating Kira’ats, Ulema ben Zvi said:

1-You can reprogram yourself and adjust your genes.
The Anunnaki, and the sages of Melkart taught the
enlightened ones, and the righteous ones how to do it.
2-Your body is a biological machine, like so many other
machines here on Earth, in the universe, and beyond.
3-Some machines run on fuel, others on atomic
energy…your body is very special, and a great mystery,
because it runs on a substance known only to very few
people in the world.

Is it your blood?
Is it the oxygen you breathe in the air?
Is it your soul?
Is it the mind of God?
Is it your essence, your Chi, your DNA, or all of the above?
Or perhaps something we cannot touch, we cannot see, we
cannot measure, and consequently we cannot understand,
or be sure of?
4-You were taught that the human body is created from
a male’s semen and a female’s eggs. That is very true.
But this semen and these eggs must have something
extraordinary, something non-physical to allow a
physical human body to perform physical and
nonphysical acts such as writing poetry, epics, music,
 symphonies, and love letters, to measure light, to read
others’ thoughts, to communicate telepathically, to fall
in love, to think about new ideas, and possibly to escape
the laws of physics. This very special and extraordinary
something is somewhere…not necessarily in the
semen and the eggs…
5-Although, we are all human beings, the truth is, we
did not all come from the same origin. Some were born
here on earth, others were born elsewhere…in other
dimensions and far distant spheres. And yet, we have
many things in common, because we were created by
the same Khalek (Creator,) and his assistants.
6-We are not an assembly-line product. We are not like
automobiles, all manufactured and assembled exactly
the same way, by the same plant.
7-This is why each one of us is different. And this
difference exists, because each one of us was created in
a different plant, according to different specifications,
and a very distinct genetic-programming process.
8-Those who created us know these specifications and
what went into our creation, thus, they can reprogram
us, alter our properties, give us a new form, new
faculties, and reduce or increase our life span.

At the time we were created, three things happened

to us:
9-At the time we were created (designed, produced,
manufactured, etc.), three things happened to us, and
are directly related to (a) intelligence, (b) luck/success
in life, and (c) health/youth/longevity.

a-The Brain Motor:

A brain was designed and instantly tested.
The brain was created before the body took shape and form.
And in this brain, all faculties were installed.
A copy or blueprint of the brain (Mind) was duplicated and
stored in an etheric (fourth) dimension aka ED (This is the
best way we can describe this dimension for now). This ED
is similar to a cosmic net that consists of trillions and
millions of trillions of canals, stations, terminals and
channels, all connected together, yet functioning separately
according to very specific frequencies and vibrations.
Once these faculties are installed and begin to function, no
matter at what rate or level, they become a permanent and
final fixture of our thinking process, i.e. intelligence, logic,
creativity, etc.
However, these faculties will get better and better by
constant learning and acquiring new knowledge.
This is only possible, if the Conduit (Installed by the An. Na.
Ki or other non-terrestrial geneticists-creators in your brain’s
cells) has more room for improvement.
The capacity of the Conduit is usually detected at an early
age, between 3 and 5.
Many of the greatest geniuses on earth manifested the
Conduit’s capacity and potentials during this short and early
period of time.
b- The vibrational dimension:
Creation of a place for the vibrations of our mind.
Nothing in the physical and non-physical dimensions exists,
continues to exist, and functions, without vibrations and
frequencies. When these rays (Vibrations and frequencies)
get damaged or cease to radiate or emanate, the organism
stops functioning.
In other words, the brain (Mind) as a motor dies out
instantly. When our creators designed this motor during the
first stage of manufacturing us, they carefully tested and
measured the frequencies and vibrations of the brain, and
adjusted the level of its creativity.
At this very moment, they created a space for this
creativity, called the vibrational dimension.
Now, if these vibrations resonate in synchronization with the
vibrations of the canals and channels of the cosmic net, the
person who has these kind of vibrations will be a very luck y
person, but not necessarily a righteous one. In other words,
either you were born lucky, or unlucky, and you are going to
stay lucky or unlucky for the rest of your life, and there is
nothing you can do to change your luck.

However, Master Li said: It is not totally the case…although

you have no control over your destiny and luck, your
Conduit will be able to ameliorate your chances if it is
activated by your Double. The sad part of this story is that
many of us either do not believe in a Double, or do not
accept the idea that a Conduit does in fact exist in our
brains’ cells.

c-The Conduit=Health/ Youth/ L ongevity:

Those who have read my books are now familiar with the
concept of the Conduit. For those who didn’t, here is a brief
description of the nature of the Conduit.
Basically, the Conduit is a depot of everything that is YOU;
intelligence, emotions, feelings, attributes, qualities, talents,
health, dreams, physiognomy, ability to learn many
languages, creativity, endurance, and yes, your future as
well.
At the time you were born, a Conduit was installed in the
cells of your brain. If the Conduit has been activated, then
everything you touch will turn into gold, all your deeds will
become honorable, and you will be destined for greatness. If
the Conduit remains inactive, you will lead a normal life,
nothing spectacular about it, and continue to live a very
ordinary life like all the others.
A miniscule, infinitely small part of the Conduit deals with
health, youth, and longevity. And this very small part has
been already programmed by those who created you. You
can’t deprogram it. You can’t find it. And you can’t reach it.
It is way beyond your reach and comprehension. So let’s
leave it at that for now.

In the Conduit, your life-span has been formulated and its

length and/or continuity has been decided upon genetically.
Some people will die young, others will live for 100 years.
Some people will grow up to be very tall and physically
strong , despite malnutrition/a good diet, while many others
will stay short, fat, or weak despite their healthy life style,
good diet, and impeccable hygiene.

Physicians and scientists are so quick to say: It is in the

genes! And they stop there! But one thing they don’t know
for sure is what or who created those genes, and according
to what guidelines, specifications and creation process?
They don’t know.
Well, the Ulema do know, because they have learned it from
their teachers the An. Na.Ki.
You can’t control longevity, youth and your life-span by
deprogramming their genetic codes, because first of all, you
don’t know where to find these sequences, secondly, you
have no control over the Conduit, and lastly, you don’t know
how much to add to, or subtract from, the genetic codes.
If you do, if you know for a fact, how to prolong the
vibrations of these sequences and how much stuff to add
to the Conduit, then, and only then, will you be able to
control your life-span.
Ulema Marash said: It is like filling up your automobile gas
tank. The more fuel you put in your tank, the more miles
your car will run.
The difference, is that at the gas station, you are in control,
because you can decide how much gas you want to buy. But
when it comes to being young and living forever, firstly, you
don’t know where the youth station (in comparison to the
gas station) is, and secondly, you are not in control of your
Conduit (in comparison to your car). The good news , said
Ulema Albakr is that a Conduit can be activated and/or
reactivated if training and orientation programs are
completed.

XII. The Shula species:

The Shula were human beings with a high degree of
enlightenment. Those are the ones who distinguish
themselves with prolific work, exemplary generosity,
unconditional love and compassion, and above all, a unique
sense of creativity. Some Ulema call them Ana’a Alnour ,
the children of light. However, they are not the Mounawariin
The Enlightened Ones , or the Ascended Masters . One of
their characteristics and traits is the Fik’r, which means the
faculty of using their brain to accomplish what others
thought impossible, and because of the astonishing speed
of their productivity.
Their programmed brain uses the Jaba , which enable them
to accomplish many tasks instantly and simultaneously. This
has disturbed many people, and led them to question the
veracity and authenticity of their work. It appears to them
be too fast, too fascinating and too extraordinary to be true.
But Ulema Yazid explained, Many can accomplish the very
same things, if they reprogram the Zaka , meaning the
sequence of intelligentsia flux (one of the sequences of the
Conduit).

XIII. The Emim: Ana’kh/ Sumerian/ Hebrew.

Name given to the children of Anak. The Bible referred to
them as the offspring of the giants and the women of earth.
They are the corrupted offspring of the Anakim.
Here are some excerpts from the Bible:
Jos: 11:21: And at that time came Joshua, and cut off
the Anakim from the mountains, from Hebron, from
Debir, from Anab, and from all the mountains of Judah,
and from all the mountains of Israel: Joshua destroyed
them utterly with their cities.
Jos: 11:22: There was none of the Anakim left in the
land of the children of Israel: only in Gaza, in Gath, and
in Ashdod, there remained…
Jos: 14:12: Now therefore give me this mountain,
whereof the Lord spoke in that day; for thou heardest in
that day how the Anakim were there, and that the cities
were great and fenced: if so be the Lord will be with me,
then I shall be able to drive them out, as the Lord said.
Jos: 14:15: And the name of Hebron before was
Kirjatharba; which Arba was a great man among the
Anakim. And the land had rest from war.

The Ulema called them B’nai Rouch , meaning the

offspring or children of the light, who were capable of
extraordinary deeds.

XIV. Ezakarerdi, E-zakar-erdi

Azakar.Ki :
Term for the Inhabitants of Earth as named by the
Anunnaki, and mentioned in the Ulemite language in the
 Book of RamaDosh. Oppositely, extraterrestrials are called
Ezakarfalki. Inhabitants of Heaven or Sky .
The term or phrase Inhabitants of Earth refers only to
humans, because animals and sea creatures are called
Ezbahaiim-erdi. Ezakarerdi is composed of three words:
1-E (Pronounced Eeh or Ea) means first.
2-Zakar: This is the Akkadian/Sumerian name given to
Adam by Enki. The same word is still in use today in
Arabic, and it means male. In Arabic, the female is
called: Ountha (Oonsa).

The word Zakar means:

a-A male, and sometime a stud.
b-To remember.

In Hebrew, Zakar also means:

a-To remember (Q al in Hebrew).
b-Be thought of (Niphal in Hebrew).
c-Make remembrance (Hiphil in Hebrew).

3-Erdi means planet Earth. Erdi was transformed by scribes

into Ki in the Akkadian, Sumerian and Babylonian epics.

From Erd, derived:

a-The Sumerian Ersetu and Erdsetu,
b-The Arabic Ard,
c-The Hebrew Eretz.

All sharing the same meaning: Earth; land.

Thus the word Ezakarerdi means verbatim: The first man (Or
Created one) of Earth or the first man on Earth, or simply,
the Earth-Man. In other words, the first terrestrial human.

The Ezakarerdi was considered the final product of human

geneology.

XV. Ezeridim:
Term for entities or super-beings from the future.
The Ezeredim were not created by the Anunnaki.
In Ufology and paranormal terminologies, they are called
chrononauts, a word derived from the Greek Kronos, which
means time, and nauts referring to space travelers, or
simply voyagers.

XVI. Fari-narif Fari-Hanif :

Or simply Ra-Nif.
A term for categorizing different forms of spirits, and
nonphysical entities.
The Anunnaki referred to many different forms, shapes and
ratings of entities, known to the human race as Spirits and
Souls . From Ra and Ra-Nif are derived the Semitic
words Rouh, Rafesh, Nefes, Nefs, Roach, and Ruach,
meaning the soul in Arabic, Aramaic and Hebrew.
The truth is they are neither spirits, nor are they
messengers of God, but a projection of a higher level of
goodness and intelligence…and those who (after their
physical death on earth) enter a higher dimension, would
meet the angels in the Fourth dimension as meta-plasmic
presences, emanating beauty and goodness, but they are
not divine spirits or pure souls… added Ulema Bakri.

XVII. The Anunnaki-Ulema from Ashtari:

Some of the Anunnaki Ulema on Earth today, were created
on Ashtari in human form, gestated in the Anunnaki light
tube via the same process as Anbar Anati’s daughter, then
brought to Earth either as children (who would then join the
Ulema Mahad school), or would arrive on earth as adult
Masters.
The lower level of Ulema (third and fourth level) would be
created via an immaculate conception process wherein
the mother (who was genetically created by the Anunnaki
and brought to Earth for the purpose of being a vessel to
give birth to these Ulema babies) carries the baby within her
for only a period of three months – enough to give him/her
human attributes and properties.
At three months of pregnancy, the mother is taken to a
clinic found within the Mahad to deliver the baby. The baby
is taken from within her by an apparatus that sucks the
light molecules of the baby into a large test-tube where the
baby continues to develop and grow. The baby will be
nourished with a form of liquid light for an additional three
months, at which point it is fully developed and has gained
more human properties, attributes, organs etc.
As soon as the baby is delivered from the light tube, it is
placed in the care of one of the Masters, who then becomes
his/her tutor and guardian for life.
The infant remains in the care of the Master at the Mahad
for a period of three years, at which point his/her conduit is
opened, and his/her brain is rewired, according to decisions
made by the chosen enlightened master, as to what role the
child will play on Earth, in the future.
Thus his/her talents and special abilities are decided upon in
infancy, by his/her personal master. At the age of three, the
master then places the child with a carefully screened and
chosen adoptive family.
The male children created this way are called the
Beninourim , which means the son of the light. The female
children are called the Bnatnourim , which means the
daughters of the light. (As usual, outsiders and conspiracy
theorists, and people with wild imaginations will rush to call
them Reptilians, Shapeshifters, children of the Illuminati etc,
intentionally implanted within our societies to influence
governments and take over the world!!)
However, the purest form of Ulema known as Tahiriin (The
Pure) who are the first level, and Mounawariin (The
Enlightened Master) who are the second level, also have
etheric as well as physical/human forms. These are the
human beings from other dimensions, and far different
spheres, that are here on Earth.
Anunnaki-Ulema esoteric
and mind-power
techniq ues

Q uestions by Steven Morello

Q uestion: What techniques and practices can help us

become more spiritual and more open to the ‘paranormal’
such as seeing auras, ghosts or spirits, seeing into the
future etc?
What effect can this awakening have on our lives?

Answer:
In the Book of Ramadosh , I wrote about 13 Anunnaki-
Ulema techniques to achieve what you are looking for. Full
details on how to use these techniques step-by-step are
outlined and itemized in the book.
Here is a summary/synopsis of the definition of the
techniques:

1-Gomari Gumaridu techniq ue:

A term referring to an Anunnaki-Ulema technique capable of
manipulating time. It is also called the Net Technique .
Ulema Rabbi Mordachai said: Human beings treat time as if
it were linear. Day follows day, year follows year, and task
follows task. The Anunnaki Ulema, however, have long ago
learned how to treat time nonlinearly, and thus be able to
accomplish more in their lives.

Ulema Rabbi Mordechai talking to his student Germain

Lumiere, who visited with him in Budapest, where he
resided for some years, It would be beneficial if you could
manipulate time in such a way as to be faster than normal
people, and this is what we are going to do in the
forthcoming exercise (Gomari)…

2-Gomatirach-Minzari Gomu-Minzaar
techniq ue:
Known also as the Mirror to Alternate Realities.
Rabbi Mordechai said: Building and using the Minzar is
risky. However, if the student reads the instructions carefully
and does not deviate from them, it should be a reasonably
safe procedure. If you choose to try it, this may be one of
the most important lessons you will ever learn, since the
benefits, both physical and spiritual, are without equal.

Note: From Ulema Rabbi Mordechai’s

Kira’at (Reading)
Those who are familiar with the concept of the Anunnaki’s
Miraya would notice a resemblance in the way these tools
are used. However, one should realize that we are not
pretending to use the kind of cosmic monitor that is
connected, through the Akashic Libraries on Nibiru, to the
Akashic Record itself.

It is beyond our scope to even conceive how such a tool had

ever been created. Nor are we attempting to recreate the
kind of Minzar that is used by the Anunnaki-Ulema,
enlightened beings whose Conduit has been opened.
Most of us possess a Conduit that has not been opened, and
the Minzar we recommend is fitted to our level of
advancement. Nevertheless, working with the Minzar will
open doors that will astound and amaze any student.
You will be using the techniques to create an alternate
reality that will allow you to do things you have never
imagined are possible.

3-Gubada-Ari techniq ue:

The Triangle Of Life Technique.
Term referring to the Anunnaki-Ulema Triangle of Life , and
how to apply the value of the Triangle shape to health,
success, and peace of mind. Most importantly, it shows you
how to find the healthiest spots and luckiest areas on earth,
including private places and countries, and take advantage
of this.
Ulema Rabbi Mordechai explained the concept, importance,
and practical use. He said (Verbatim): How this technique
will enhance your life:
With the help of the triangle, you will able to find the perfect
areas on earth where your health, success, and peace of
mind will be at their optimum. You can work it on a large
scale and find out the best countries to live in, or on a small
scale, which would give you the best neighbourhoods in
your own city or county.

Synopsis of the Theory:

There are lines of energy spinning around the world. In
this exercise, we will concentrate on the lines that are
revealed by the use of the triangle.
The energy flows in currents, both negative and
positive, mostly underground, traversing the globe.
 Those who live above the positive lines, will have good
health, success, and peace of mind. Those who live
above the negative lines, will have bad health, lack of
success, and will experience mind turmoil.
The meaning of life is based on the fact that life is, in
itself, a triangle.
One corner of the triangle represents health.
The second represents success.
The third represents peace of mind.
You find meaning by placing the triangle you are about
to draw, on the world.
The student might ask, where do I put the triangle? How
do I choose the right location? The answer is, you put
the triangle wherever you are.
The student might ask what if I change locations? The
answer is, this technique is working within the dictates
of the moment.
Wherever you are, the triangle follows. Change it as
many times in life as you need. It always works.

4-Cadari-Rou’yaa techniq ue:

Reading the Aura.
Name or term for a secret technique developed by the
Anunnaki-Ulema, centuries ago, that enabled them to read
the thoughts, intentions, and feelings of others.

It is composed of two words:

a-Cadari, which means a grid; a plasma-screen.
b-Rou’yaa, which means vision; perception.

Cadari-Rou’yaa is also a method to diagnose health, and

prevent health problems from occurring in the present, and
in the future, by reading and interpreting the rays and
radiations, a human body diffuses on a regular basis. In the
West, it is called reading of the aura.

5-Chabariduri techniq ue:

Remote viewing.
Name of an Anunnaki-Ulema technique/exercise to develop
the faculty of remote viewing.
The Ulema taught their students the art and science of
remote viewing, in order to improve their knowledge, enrich
their awareness, and widen their perception of life, not to
spy on others, as it is the case in the West.

6-Daemat-Afnah techniq ue:

How to Stay and Look 37 Permanently.
Term for longevity, and halting the process of aging.

It is composed of two words:

a-Daemat, which means longevity.
b-Afnah, which means many things, including health,
fecundity, and longevity.

According to the Anunnaki-Ulema, we are not programmed

to age.

7-Da-Irat techniq ue:

Name for Anunnaki’s Circle Technique

Da-Irat is known to the Enlightened Ones and Ulema adepts,

as the Circle Technique (Da-Ira-Maaref), which means the
circle of knowledge.

This technique eliminates stress, through one’s self-energy.

In other words, it is an Ulema technique used to energize
one’s mind and body, and to eliminate worries, that are
preventing an individual from functioning properly
everywhere, including the office, home, social gatherings,
etc.
In the western world, zillions of techniques to reduce stress
and counter bad vibes were proposed. And many of those
techniques work very well.

The following will explain the Ulema’s techniques that were

in practice for thousands of years, in the Near and Middle
East. No physical exercise is required. It is purely mental,
although some of the steps might look esoteric or spiritual
in nature.

These techniques were developed by the early Ulema and

members of the Fish Circle , a brotherhood of the ancient
island of Arwad, where allegedly, remnants of the An.na.Ki
(Anunnaki) lived, and developed the Mah-Rit in
sophisticated genetic labs.

The Da-Irat Technique (The Circle Technique) as used by the

Fish Circle Brotherhood:

Terminology:
1-In Ulemite, it is called Da-Irat (Circle; sphere).
2-In Ana’kh, it is called Arac-ta.
3-In Phoenician, it is called Teth-Ra. Teth is circle or good
thing. Ra is creative energy or first source of life.

8-Dudurisar techniq ue:

Name for the act or ability to rethink and examine past
events in your life, change them, and in doing so, create for
yourself a new life and new opportunities.
To a certain degree, and in a sense, it is like revisiting your
past, and changing unpleasant events, decisions, choices,
and related matters that put you where you are today.

9-Arawadi techniq ue:

A term for the supernatural power or faculty that allows the
initiated ones, to halt or send away difficulties, problems
and mishaps into another time and another place, thus
freeing themselves from worries, anxiety and fear.
It is a very complex concept that touches metaphysics,
esoterism and quantum physics. Ulema Stephanos
Lambrakis said that it is very possible to get rid of current
problems by transposing them into a different time frame.
He added that all of us live in two separate dimensions so
close to us.
One we know and we call it our physical reality, the other is
the adjacent dimension that surrounds our physical world.
Enlightened ones visit that dimension quite frequently.
It is a matter of a deep concentration, and perseverance. In
fact, it is possible to enter that parallel dimension and leave
there all your troubles, and return to your physical world
free of worries and problems.

10-Baaniradu techniq ue:

Baaniradu is the Anunnaki-Ulema term for the healing touch
technique. It was first used by the priests of Melkart in
Ancient Phoenicia, Ugarit and Arwad.
It is extremely important to bear in mind, that this technique
does not in any shape or form, replace any scientific and
medical treatment(s). Baaniradu has not been fully explored
and used in the West.

11-Baridu techniq ue:

Baridu is the Anunnaki-Ulema term for the act of zooming
into an astral body or a Double. We have used the
expression Astral body , because of the Western readers’
familiarity with what it basically represents. This
representation is not the depiction usually used by the
Ulema, but it is close enough, to use it in this work.

12-Bisho-barkadari Bukadari techniq ue:

Bisho-barkadari Bukadari is the Anunnaki-Ulema term for
the technique used in blocking bad vibes that negatively
affect human beings.

It is composed of two words:

a-Bisho, which means bad; negative.
b-Barkadari, which means flames; rays, vibes; beams.

13-Etc…
On the old way of
thinking

Q uestions by Steven Morello

Q uestion: A lot of spiritual teachers tell us that the mind
with all its conditioning, becomes a barrier to growth and
enlightenment. When will mankind be able to move on from
the old way of thinking to a new paradigm?
Einstein says that problems cannot be solved by the same
level of thinking that created them.
What might this new way of thinking look like? Thinking and
judging obessively itself may be a large part of the problem.

Answer:
Sometimes, the answer is right before your eyes. Have you
ever heard of this expression: Think outside the box?
The box can block the flux of creative ideas. The mind is like
a parachute, it works better when open, as my dear friend
Laura Lebron once said. And try to leave your mind open,
like the door of a Zen shrine. You are correct when you said
the mind is a barrier to growth and enlightenment. But
only for the rigid mind. Do not fight the wind if you are an
old oak tree. A shrub is safer. Do not reject new, unorthodox
and unconventional ideas, because they are contrary to
your beliefs, or because your mind cannot understand them
or accept them.

Take a different attitude and ask yourself with humility and

absolute honesty: What if? That’s correct, what if they
were the right ideas and you were wrong? Do not doubt
anybody, do not contradict anybody until your truth is
stronger than theirs. And the truth should not be subjective,
but based upon solid ground and verifiable facts! Yes, the
mind can destroy morality and goodness, if it is not well
nourrished and properly managed.
Esoteric/ secret calendar
of your lucky days and
Q uestion by Ray
Mantoya. hours

Q uestion by Ray Mantoya.

Q uestion: One person who has read your books told me

about a technique the Ulema sorcerers used to read the
future. As I understood, it is a calendar of the good days,
and the bad days in the life of each one of us. I would be
grateful if you could explain to me what it is about and see
the calendar. I promise I will use it for a good cause. Thank
you.

Note: Sorcerers?
The Ulema are not sorcerers. They are men of
spirituality and science. I will gladly reproduce the
article I wrote years ago, but promise me that you
will educate yourself on matters related to the
honorable Ulema.

Answer:
This esoteric practice is called Hamnika-mekhakeh- ilmu.
It is complicated, and it requires a lot of patience and
diligence. But it is worth the effort.
The technique of using the Hamnika-mekhakeh.
I. Synopsis of the concept
II. Ulema-Anunnaki days are
III. The calendars’ grids
IV. The use of a language
V. The preparation and use of the grids

I. Synopsis of the concept:

Humans follow certain calendars. The most common one is
the Gregorian calendar, which is a reflection of the Christian
faith. It is younger than the Muslim calendar, which in turn,
is younger than the Jewish calendar. All of these are
considerably younger than the Anunnaki calendar, which is
the only one used by the Anunnaki-Ulema.
The Anunnaki-Ulema reject the idea that the week consists
of seven days. Their week consists of four days,
corresponding to certain days of our week. These are the
only days to use in this technique, and the other three days
in our week should not be calculated upon.

II. The Ulema-Anunnaki days are:

Day 1: Thilta (Tuesday)
Day 2: Araba (Wednesday)
Day 3: Jema (Friday)
Day 4: Saba (Saturday).
The importance of these days is in the relationship between
the person and the hours in each day. Using the calendar of
the Anunnaki-Ulema, each person can find the luckiest hour
of his or her week, according to the Book of Ramadosh
(Rama-Dosh). Ulema Rabbi Mordachai said: You might feel
that one hour a week is not sufficient for anyone’s needs. It
might also not improve your luck at work if it occurs, say, at
two o’clock in the morning each Saturday.
This predicament can be easily resolved by performing
another technique, Time Manipulation, on that exact hour.
The time that will be added to your life under such
circumstances will be as lucky as the original hour, and your
chances of success will be vastly improved.
The Anunnaki-Ulema teachers highly recommend
performing a combination of techniques, since each
enhances the other considerably.

III. The calendar ’s grids:

A couple of questions might arise as you work with this
technique. First, do all people with the same number of
letters in their name, share a lucky hour?
Yes, indeed they would. There are only sixteen grid lines to
represent millions of people. And this leads to an interesting
discovery. The numbers of letters in people’s names
represent a certain harmony that exists between them. For
example, if you wish to approach people in high places for a
favor, finding out that he or she shares the same number of
letters and the lucky hour will enhance your chances.
Always send your request to him or her during the lucky
hour, either by calling on the phone, using your e-mail, or
placing a written letter in the mailbox.

IV. The use of a language:

Another question is the issue of languages. What if your
name is written with four letters in America, where you live,
but with five letters in your native language? The answer is
simple.
Always use your native language, the language that you
were first aware of your name in, in your grid. It will be
much more accurate and certainly more powerful. An
important fact to add to this, is that this technique is simple,
but it can be enhanced in many ways by subtle variations.
Adding those variations extends the knowledge of how time
and space is related to luck and success, and how to fine
tune the process. But even in this straightforward version,
the technique is incredibly powerful, so much so that it may
change your life completely, and always for the better.

Tip: If any added numbers are higher than one

digit, always add the numbers and use the result.
For example, if instead of 3+ 1+ 1+ 1= 6 you will
find yourself with, say, 4+ 7+ 7+ 7= 25, add 2+ 5
and use the result, namely 7. If you have
40+ 41+ 42+ 43= 126, add 1+ 2+ 6= 9.

V. The preparation and use of the grids:

The first step is to prepare a grid of sixteen squares, like the
one below.
In the next step, you will establish the calendar of the week,
by writing them in this specific order.

Grid 1: Calendar of the Week

1-In the next step, you will establish the calendar of

your name. Let’s say your name is Suzan.
2-You will write your name in the squares, but you must
write from right to left, the way they did in many ancient
languages, including Ana’kh.
3-Then, you follow, still from right to left, with the
number of the days, 1, 2, 3, 4.

Grid 2: Calendar of Your Name

Calendar of your lucky hour

 1-In the next step, you will establish the calendar of
your lucky hour.
2-Look at the two squares above.
3-Try to find the one square that has the same number
in both drawings.
4-When you compare each square, you will see that the
second square in the last row has the # 1 in it.
5-Fill in the number of the days in the first row, the way
it appeared in the first grid. (Tues, Wed, Fri, Sat)

Therefore, Suzan’s lucky hour will occur during the second

day. (If more than one square presents the same number,
add the numbers.)

Grid 3: Calendar of your lucky hour

In the next step, we shall start our calculations.

1-Keep the first row as is.
2-fill the rest of the grid with the number 1.
3-In each column, you will now subtract the three # 1 ‘s
from the day in the first row. 1-1-1-1= -2; 2-1-1-1= -1; 3-
1-1-1 = 0; 4-1-1-1 = 1
 Grid 4

4-We will now add the number we have calculated. (-2)

+ (-1) + 0 + 1 = (-2)
5-We continue our calculations by using the number we
have achieved, -2, as a filler in the grid below, in three
rows under the basic days row on top.
6-Then, we will calculate the values of the columns the
way we have done in the previous grid.

Grid 5

7-We will add these numbers: (-5) + (-4) + (-3) + (-2) =

-14
8-We will combine the individual numbers comprising
the number fourteen by adding them: 1+ 4 = 5
9-We will add these two numbers. (-14) + 5 = -9
In the next step:
1-Return to the first grid, displaying the calendar of the
week.
2-Starting on the second row, count the squares, going
from right to left, nine times.
3-You will reach Day 3.
4-This establishes that your lucky hour will occur on
Friday, the third day of the Anunnaki week.
5-To establish the hour, go back to Grid 4, and look at
the row that expresses Day 3.
6-Add the numbers: 3 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 6
7-Calculate: (-9) - (+ 6) = -3
8-To establish the hour within the 24 hours of each day,
subtract 24 – 3 = 21. 21 is 9 P.M.

Therefore, Suzan’s luckiest hour of the week occurs at nine

o’clock in the evening of each Friday.
On different dimensions
and multidimensional
beings

Q uestions by Steven Morello

Q uestion: What dimensions lie beyond the 4th, that we can

experience?

Answer:
According to quantum physics, there are eleven dimensions.
Up to a few years ago, scientists believed in only 7
dimensions.
And do not forget that the theorist and eminent scientist
who advanced the theory of the 11 dimensions had been
ridiculed by peers for 11 years! And unfortunately, he also
lost one of his teaching positions.
But finally and thankfully he has recently been vindicated.
Yes sir, they ridiculed him and disgraced him for years!
According to the Ulema, there exist far more than 11
dimensions. Steven, I have already answered this question
in another section of this book. Never mind, I am glad to
give you more information and accommodate your question.
Q uantum physics pioneers compared the multiple
dimensions of the universe (Multiverse) to strings. And quite
correctly added, that the universe was created by collisions
of membranes (M theory). And this collision is continuing as
we speak. Thus, they concluded that the universe is
expanding. Well, the Catholic priest and scientist, Christian
Lemaitre said the very same thing 90 years ago.
Einstein reviewed his theory and commented: Your math is
correct, but your physics are lousy! Einstein was wrong.

Centuries ago, the Ulema have stated (As I have mentioned

in my previous books) that the known universe was created
by several collisions of bubbles.
In 1961, when I reported this to several scientists and some
of my colleagues (authors), they laughed at me and at the
Ulema! I didn’t mind, because I laughed too.

There is an enormous difference between traditional

science, avant-garde quantum physics and Ulema science-
metaphysics-metalogic.
The Ulema views are based upon science and knowledge
gained from the Anunnaki. What they have learned from the
Anunnaki Sinhars, remains incomprehensible to most of us.
But I can assure you that a few extraordinary scientists
strongly believe in the astronomy and cosmogeny of the
Anunnaki, and honestly admitted that our mind is incapable
of understanding the Anunnaki’s highly advanced science
and technology.

The Anunnaki saw our universe before we were born. And

they witnessed the birth of many stars, planets and
galaxies!
According to Ulemite literature, the Anunnaki told the Ulema
that there are several Layers and Outer-Dimensions
beyond the boundaries of planet Earth. Some are purely
mental, others are physical. And even in the Mental
Sphere you will find multiple spheres and zones, which are
extra or para-mental. This applies also to the physical
planes, membranes or branes as coined in quantum physics.
Most recently, quantum physics theorists began to admit
that within each and every separate molecule, each brane,
and each universe, there are multiple universes. But they
don’t know for sure how these intra-universes were created
in one single universe or molecule. Some have advanced
the theory, that the inner universe of a global universe (One
single molecule) was created by an Implosion .
Ironically, this is what the Ulema have said centuries ago.
We can conclude from the statements of the Ulema, that
there are zillions of universes and dimensions beyond our
physical world, and these universes are increasing in
number, size and mobility. And some are running away from
us and from the very fabric of the universe.
This is very convenient to quantum physics pioneers,
because it strengthens their theory of The universe is
expanding.

Q uestion: Do other beings exist in these dimensions?

Answer:
Absolutely. According to quantum physics pioneers and
leading theorists in the field, (led by Dr. Michio Kaku) there
are even copies of ourselves in other worlds. On the Science
Channel in the United States, Dr. Kaku stated that in some
universes, Elvis Presley is still alive, Napoleon won the war,
and you were never born. I am pleased and relieved that
such a fantastic statement came directly from the mouth of
an eminent and highly respected scientist. Just imagine if I
had said that to people who hate my guts… how they would
react, and how gossipy and vicious would the blogs be,
posted on cheap websites on the Internet to ridicule and
discredit me.
There is vast literature on this subject, part of it written by
eminent scientists, and several other parts produced by
New Age ufology writers and Psychics to the Stars . Take
your pick. Some researchers have reported to me, that at
least two governments have already catalogued the
different categories of aliens and non-alien entities living in
different universes.

Q uestion: Can we ever contact them, and would there

be negative repercussions from doing so?

Answer:
Dr. Stephen Hawking said: It would a very bad idea!

Are Earth Governments controlled by aliens?

Q uestions by Ismail Kemal Ciftcioglu, Turkey.

Q uestion: Is it true that lots of Earth governments including

the U.S. are controlled or ruled by an Alien race called the
Reptilians?

Answer:
No! This is my personal opinion. But I know for sure that no
government on Earth is under the control or influence of any
reptilian race. Some governments (No more than 3) have
joint programs with aliens (Non-humans), but they do not
belong to the reptilian race.
Q uestion: What is the royal insignia or logo of the Anunnaki?
The winged disk? Do they use banners or flags like us?

Answer:
They have several logos and symbols such as:
a. -Winged disc.
b. -The Triangle (Delta)
c. -The rosette, also called the mushroom.
d. -A tree of life inside a circle.

Q uestion: In the Lost book of Enki, Zecharia Sitchin wrote

that the mysterious face on Mars (which is still unaccepted
by NASA) was Anunnaki Alalu’s graveyard. Do you know if
this is true?
Answer:
I don’t comment on others people’s books, nor do I pass
judgement or give an opinion, and I most certainly do not
criticize their beliefs and work.

Q uestion: Are Enlil, Enki, Anu etc. still alive?

No reason(s) to believe otherwise. Their life-span could
exceed 445,000 years.
On eating meat.
Q uestion: Must we stop eating meat for our preparation for
2022 or will we prepare ourselves mentally only? Because I
love eating meat!
Answer:
I don’t want the beef industry to come after me. A piece of
friendly advice: Do not hurt anybody, do not speak evil, do
not cause any suffering to anyone, and do not kill animals.
INDEX

Abductees
Abduction
by the Grays
Abolishing
Fossil fuels
Governments
Adjacent
Parallel dimensions
to Earth
to our world
Adon
Adonai
Adonis
Adoon
Advanced
Military weapons systems
from aliens
Spatial weapons-
missiles systems
Afghanistan
Afrit
Agenda of the Greys
Air Force
Fields
Akkadian/Sumerian clay tablets Aktion
Al Annaki
Al Maktoob
Al Zafiru
Alaska
Alchemists/Kabalists
Aleph
Alien
Asphyxiation effect
Entities living in different universes
Frogmen
Held underground at
Andrews Air Force Base
Images projected by
Living quarters
Races programs
Reverse engineering
Scratchy voice
Technology
Threat
Treaties with the United
States
All-That-Is
Alphabet
Anunnaki
Arabic
Aramaic
Hebrew
Phoenician
Alteration of
DNA sequence
Laws of physics
on Earth
Amalika
Ambar Anati
Amchit
America, Grays bases in
American
Military bases
Military scientists
Americans
Hiding truth from
Amrit
An-Hayya’h
An.Na Kim
Anakh-Pro-Ugaritic
Ana’kh, the Anunnaki language Anaki
Anakim
Ananaki
Anatolia
Andrews Air Force Base
Angel Gabriel
Animals
 Mutilation
Annihilated, ninety percent of Earth’s human population will be Annihilation,
tool of
Annodoti
Announcement of your death
Anomaly of stargates
Anti-Ba’ab
Anti-radar emissions
Antioch
Anu
Anu.ki
Anu. Ki.ram
Anunna
Anunnaki
Ba’abs
Bubble
Contact with the
Council
Created in the image of the, Date of the return of the
Deserted their research on
Earth
Evolutionary process,
fostered by the
Guides for humans
High Council
Indications of the return of the Interest in human affairs
Landing spots of the
Landing terminal of the
Language of the
Logo of the
Miraya
Other names of the
Programmed us
Remnants of the
Return of the
Return protocol
Scientists on Nibiru
Signs of the return of the,
Space-center of the
Spaceships
Stronger than humans
Technology
Tool of annihilation
Triangle of the
Ulema manuscripts
Ulema Ramadosh Society,
Anunnaku
Anuramkim
Anuramkir
Ape-like humanoids
Apsu
Aquatic plasma corridors
Arabian Peninsula
Arabic
Arabs
Aramaic Syriac
Araya
Archuleta Mesa
Ard
Area
Arizona
Arizona
Armenians
Arrival of the Four Horsemen
Aruru
Arwad
Early inhabitants of
Arwadians
Arwah
Ascended Masters
Ascension
Asha-Kar-Da-Ki
Ashtari
Ashuric (Assyrian-Chaldean)
Assyrian
Astronomy
Atmospheric shield network
Atomic number of
Atomic/thermonuclear weapons Aura research
Aurora
AUTEC

Ba’abs
Anti
In Chicago
Multidimensional
of Liberation
Over Madison Square
 Garden
Baal-Shamroutiim
Baalbeck
Baalshamroot Ram
Babel, Tower of
Babylon
Babylonian-Sumerian account of Creation Bach
Bak’ht-Kira’at
Ba-khaat
Bakht
Bakhaati
Bakht Haya.Ti
Bases
American military
Grays in America
Secret
Underwater Russian
Basra
Bayt al-Zahab
Beams of light
Belgian incident
Bhutto, Benazir
Bijjeh
Bio-organic copies of yourself in other worlds Bio-psychological makeup of
human nature Bio-rhythm that creates good luck and bad luck Biological,
living forms, creating Biosystem of the earth
Black liquid, mixed with light and electricity Black Projects
Bodhisattva
Body contamination
Boeing
Book of Dirasat Al Moustakbal Book of Enoch
Book of Ilmu Al Donia
Book of Ramadosh
Book of Revelation
Book of Shams Al Maa-Ref Al Koubra Book of Science or Knowledge of the
Universe
Book of Sun of the Great Knowledge Bou-Ka’h
Brainnew faculties were added to Brazilia
British Museum
British scientists
Bubble(s)
Collisions of
Of the Anunnaki
Bucharest
Buddhism
Byblos script
 C

Cages used by the Grays

Cal Tech
Carbon
Calendar, Mayan
California
Canouri
Cardec, Alain Allan
Carthage
Cataclysmic event
Catastrophes, ecological
Celestial Gate
Celestial spacecrafts
Cellular rhythm
Cerebral cells
CERN
Chaldean
Priests
Chavvah
Cheik Al Mutawalli
Cherbough
Chicago, Grand Central Station in downtown Chicago, stargate/Ba’ab in
Chimiti
China
Chinab
Chinese
Christianity
Church of England
Churches in the United States CIA
Circumference of knowledge
Clash
Between the Anunnaki
official and military guards, Final
Claustrophobia
Cleansing of
Earth
Humans
Code, unification numerical
Coding and decoding the significance of the Year Cold lava waves
Colonel Jones
Colorado
Collisions of
Bubbles
 Membranes
Conduit
Confusion on Earth
Congress, hiding truth from
Conic inscriptions
Contact
Contacting extraterrestrials Contaminating the human race Contamination
First group of
Grays’ DNA
Levels of
of the body
of the mind
of the pure genetic material of the Anunnaki
Liberation from the
contamination and control
of the Grays.103
Light
Medium
Second group of
Third group of
Controlled environment
Conversations between a surviving Gray and two American scientists Copies of
ourselves
In different time-space
zones
Infinite
Of people in different
planets and habitats
Corridors, plasma aquatic
Cosmic
Energy
Landscape, multi
dimensional
Order
Net
Plasmic Belt
Screen/monitor
Cosmology
Council/Federation, galactic Cover up
Crash, Roswell
Created
Genetically
In the image of the
Anunnaki
Creation
Creation of Man
Creating
A solar system
 Biological living forms
Creatures storage units
Cribs

Da (Delta) Phoenician symbol Da Vinci

Da-irat Al-Maaref
Damascus
Dar Al-Aman
Data of past, present and future events Date of the return of the Anunnaki de
Lafayette, Maximillien
Death
Announcement of your
Life after
Deceaseddays period
following the departure of the
Deformed humans
Delta/Triangle sign
Diet, vegetarian
Different zones of times and spaces Dimensions
Different
Eleventh disequilibrium in
the
Fifth
Fourth
Higher
Multi, cosmic landscape,
Other
Parallel
Sixth
Ultra
Disequilibrium in the eleventh dimension of the universe Divination
Djins
DNA
Alteration of
Contaminated
Bad
Grays
Manipulation
Metamorphosis
DOD
Domination of earth and the human race by the Grays Doomed race
Double
Dover
Dracos
Dreams
Dulce Base
Eighth level
Fifth level
First level
Four level
Ninth level
Second level
Seventh level
Sixth level
Tenth level
Third level
Duplicate image of your body Dushanbe

Ea
Earth
Adjacent to
Alteration of laws of physics, Biosystem of the
Cleansing the
Confusion on
Esoteric cities of the
Anunnaki on
Extraterrestrial hot spots on, Layers beyond the
boundaries of
Outer-dimensions beyond
the boundaries of
The Anunnaki deserted their
research on
Zone beyond
Eclipse
Ecological catastrophes
Edison, Thomas
Edwards Air Force Base
Egypt
Egyptians
Eisenhower, President
 Met with the Grays
Electricity, mixed with light and black liquid Electromagnetic fog
Electro-plasmic shield
Eleven dimensions
Eleventh dimension
Disequilibrium in the
Elimination of professions
Elite, financial
Elohim
Emissions, anti-radar
End life on Earth
End of the world
Energy
Cosmic
Particles
Systems of the Anunnaki,
after
England
Enki
Ziggurat in Ur
Enlightenment
Enlil
Environment, controlled
Erdu
Esoteric
Cities of the Anunnaki
on Earth
Number of
Etheric copies of yourself in other worlds Europe
Europeans
Evacuation plan for humans, by the Anunnaki Eve
Evolutionary process, fostered
by the Anunnaki
Experimentation with manipulation of the nervous system
Experiments, genetic
Extinction
Extra-sensory
Abilities
Feelings
Extraterrestrial
Abductions
Activities
Contacts
Contacting
Craft visible to the public, Encounters
Galactic mind
 Hot spots on Earth
Landings
Material
Protocol on
Race
Reverse engineering
Russian operation
Sightings
Stairway to heaven
Technology
U.S protocol
Visitations
Eye identification system

Farsi
Fate of planet Earth
Fatherhood, Anunnaki
Federation/Council, galactic Fifth dimension
Final
Clash
Stage
Financial elite
Fi raa-Saa
Firasa
First
Element used by the
Anunnaki to genetically
create the early human race, Prototypes of the quasi-
human races
Fort Knox
Fossil fuels, abolishing
Fostered the evolutionary process Four Horsemen, arrival of the Four Seasons
Hotel
Freedom of choice
Freemasonry
French scientists
Frogmen
Alien
Russian
Future
Linear
Multidimensional

Gabala
Galactic
Enterprises
Federation/Council
Mind of the extraterrestrials, Lab tubes
Gargoyles
Gates
Celestial
Stars
Geilenkirchen
Genes
Genetic
Experiments
Laboratories
Laboratories of Zeta
Reticuli
Genetically
Georgetown
Ghaffurian, Dr. Mary Ann
Ghost
Gibborim
God
God-Particle/Higgs Boson
Government
United States
Will be abolished
Grand Central Station in downtown Chicago Gravity
Greeks
Greys (Grays)
Abduction of humans by
Affiliation with the
Agenda of the
Bases in America
Claustrophobia
DNA
Domination of earth and the
human race by the
Experimentation with
manipulation of the nervous
system
Extinction
Eye identification system
Habitat of the
Interbreeding program with
humans
Liberation from the
contamination and control of the Manipulation
Material of the Anunnaki
Second meeting with the in
Shape-shifted
Spacecraft crashed in
Roswell
Storage units of fully grown creatures and tissues
Work center of the
Gyumri
 H

Habiru
Harvest tissues
Hawking, Stephen William
Hawwa
Hayat
Hayya’h, see An-Hayyah
Heaven
Hebrew
Heretz
Higgs Boson, God Particle
High Council on Nibiru
Higher dimensions
Hind and Sindh
Hinduism
Hiram, tomb of
History channel’s show UFO Hunters
Hittites
Holographic
Mental image
Pictures
Projection
Honolulu
Hook, Phoenician
Hot spots on Earth
Human race
Abduction
Anunnaki guides for
Aura research
Cleansing of
Contaminating the
 Deformed
Evacuation plan by the
Anunnaki
Excess
Freedom of choice
Non-
Races, quasi
Rendezvous with the
Anunnaki
Specimens
Humanity
Control over
Humanoids, ape-like
Hybrids
Hydrogen particles around our solar system, Hyksos
Hypnosis

Igigi
Images
(Duplicate) of your body,
Mental-holographic
Projected by aliens
Implosion, universe created by an Impregnation of female humans Imprint
(Non-physical) of our presence,
or ourselves
Produced by supersymetric
mind
Incas
Incubator
Independent pasts
India
Landing terminal
Infinite
Infinite copies of ourselves Inscriptions, conic
Intellect program
Intelligent
Design of religious dogma,
Satellite Module
Interbreeding program with humans Intraterrestrials
Iraq
Iran
IRS
I.S.M.
Israeli military scientists
Israelites
Istimraar

Jaba
Jabaariyn
Jababira
Jacobs, David
Jazirat Al Sind
Jesse The Body Ventura
Jicarilla Apache Indian
Reservation
Judaic
 K

Kabalists/alchemists
Kaku, Dr. Michio
Kamishli
Ka.Nu.ri
Kashmir
Khalikah
Khalkah (Creation of Man)
Kent
Ketab
Ki
Kiim
King of Tyre
Kir
Kitab
Kitaba
Kitbani
Knowledge, circumference of
Konya

Lab tubes, genetic

Laboratories
Isolated conditions of
Off-planet
Planet-sized
Secret
Lahamu
Lake Baikal
Lamghan
Landing
Areas/Spots
Terminal
Large Hadron Collider
Latabi
Lava, cold waves
Law enforcement
Laws of physics
alteration of
Layers beyond the boundaries of planet Earth Le Havre
Lemaitre, Christian
Lebanon
Left Behind” series
LHC
Les retenus
Liberation from the contamination and control of the Grays Library of Congress
Life
17 lucky years of your
After death
End of
Expectancy
Forms
New
Source of
Trapped in
Light, special beams of
Linear future
Lives in different worlds
Living forms,
Creating biological
New forms
Logo of the Anunnaki
London
Loubnan
Luck (good bad), created by
bio-rhythm
Lucky years of your life
Lyrans

M Street
M theory
Ma’
Macari
Madison Square Garden
Ba’ab
Stargate over
Madkhaal
Magnetism
Change of Polar
Mah-Zu-Zah
Maiyaa
Maiyaa
Majestic-12 Group
Majestic ones.
Majlas
Malta
Manipulation
of our DNA
of the nervous system
Marduchk
Mouzakraat of Sinhar
Marianas
Mars
Master Kanazawa
Master Li,
Materials of extraterrestrial origin Mayan calendar
Mayas
Mcdonnell Douglas
Mediumship
Melkart
Membrane(s)
Collisions of
Multiverse
Menora
Mental
Conduit
Faculties added to the brain by the Anunnaki
Holographic-image
Sphere
Merkabah
Mesopotamia
Mexico
Mexico City
Mia
Middle East
Mie
Mighty ones
Military
Barracks
Bases, secret
Delegation from
Scientists
Vehicles of the Gray aliens
jointly operated with the,
Mind
Contamination
Control
Galactic
Supersymetric
Miraya
Mirdach Kadoshi Sirah
MIT
Money system
Monitor/mirror
Cosmic
On Nibiru
Moustakbal Daa-em
Mouzakraat of Sinhar
Mozart
Mughals
Multidimensional
Ba’ab
Cosmic landscape
Future
Muroc Field
Mutilation of animals
Multiple universes
Multiple Para-mental
Spheres
Zones
Multiverse
Membrane
Mummu

Naf-Siya
Navy
NASA
Near East
Nephilim
Nervous system, manipulation of the Net, cosmic
Neteru
Nevada
New Age ufology
New Mexico
New social order to be established by the Anunnaki New York City
Stargate
Nibiru
Military delegation from
High Council of
Monitor/mirror on
Scientists on
Telepathically transferred to,
Niederheid
Ninety percent of earth’s human population will be annihilated Ninna
Nippur
Ziggurat of
Non-alien entities living in different universes Non-human entities
Non-linear form
Non-physical imprint of our presence, or ourselves N.O.R.A.D.
Nordics
North Korea
Nour
Nouru
NSA
Energy
Number
Pentagonal pyramidal

Oerland
Offspring of the remnants of the Anunnaki Old Testament
Oracle
Orion
Other dimensions
Beyond the boundaries of
 planet Earth
Outer space
Oxygen

Pacific Ocean
Pakistan
Para-mental
Spheres
Zones
Parallel dimensions
Adjacent to our world
Paris
Particles
of energy
Particle-God/Higgs Boson,
Past,
In different dimensions
Separate and independent,
Visiting our past(s) in
different dimensions
Pentagonal pyramidal number
People from above.
Persia
Pestalozzi, Johann Heinrich
Phoenicia
Phinikia
Phoenicians
Byblos script
Early
Da (Delta) symbol of the
Hook
Purification priests
 Spirit in the Phoenician
language
Secret rituals
Physics, laws of
Pictures, holographic
Plaeidians
Planet-sized laboratory
Plants
Plasma aquatic corridors
Plasmic belt
Poitiers, Germaine
Polar magnetism, change of
Population
Will be annihilated by ninety percent
Prague
President of the United States Previous lives
Pre-visualizing events before they happen Priests of Ra
Professions, elimination of
Progeria
Programmed by the Anunnaki
Programs by the alien races
Project Plato
Project Sigma
Prophet Mohammad
Protocol,
Extraterrestrials
Of the return of the
Anunnaki
Pro-Ugaritic-Anakh
Psychic
Phenomena
Powers
Puerto Rico
Punjab
Purification Phoenician priests Purified Ones
 Q

Q uantum physics
Q uasi-human races, first prototypes of the Q uran

Ra, priests of
Ram
Religious
Belief systems
Dogma with intelligent
design
Remnants of the Anunnaki
Rendezvous of the human race with the Anunnaki Reptilian
Look
Race
Return Of the Anunnaki to Earth,
Protocol of the Anunnaki,
Signs of the Anunnaki
Reverse engineering
Rhythm, cellular
Rituals, secret
Rosette, logo and symbol
Roswell crash
Rou’h Ya
Rouhaniyiin
Russia
Russian(s)
Extraterrestrial operation,
Military scientists
Underwater base

Sabata
Saint Petersburg
Satellites which harness cosmic Energy Scanning
Device
Particular areas in the
United States for several
military strategic reasons,
Science Channel
Screen/monitor, cosmic
Second meeting with the Grays in Secret
Code of the year
Military bases
Rituals of the Phoenician,
Sefiro
Semites
Separate pasts
Sequence of 77 by
Shabka
Shape-shifted, Grays
Shemesh
Sidon
Signs that people will see in the skies the day before the Anunnaki return SMS
Sinhar
Sinhar Inannaschamra
Sinhar Khaldi
Sitchin, Z
Sixth dimension
Social order to be established by the Anunnaki Social Security system
Societies
Sol
Sons of God
Sour
Space
Center of the Anunnaki
Geometrical value of
Outer
Space-time
Space-time-zones, copies of ourselves in different Spacecraft of Grays crashed
in Roswell Spaceships
Spatial/terrestrial base
Special beams of light
Specimens of human
Spheres,
Mental
Para-mental
Spirit in the Phoenician language Spinning Mobile Satellite
Spiritism
Spirits
Stairway to heaven
Stargate(s)
Anomaly
In New York City
Over Chicago
Star Wars program
State of Multan
Storage units of fully grown creatures and tissues Sumer
Sumerians
Sun
Eclipse
Supersymetric mind
Imprint produced by
Supreme
 Court
Creator
Surviving Gray
Swirling streams
Syria
Syriac-Aramaic

Tahar
Tahiriim
Tana-Wur
Tarot
Tayarah, Farid
Technology,
Alien
Anunnaki
Telepathically transferred to Nibiru Terrestrial
Orbit
Spatial base
Territorial ambitions
Terror
Tesla, Nikola
Texas
Theory of the Ever expanding universe

Thermonuclear/atomic weapons Thursday, December 1st

Tiglath Pileser
Time(s),
Different
Space
Space depository
Space pocket
Space zones, copies of
 ourselves in different
Tiamat
Tomb of Hiram
Tool of annihilation
Tower of Babel
Trapani
Trapped
Deceased persons
In this life
Treaties signed with aliens
Tree of life inside a circle, logo and symbol Triangle
Delta sign
Of the Anunnaki
Triangular number
Trilithon of Baalbeck
Turkish
Tyre

UFO
UFO Hunters, History channel’s show Ugaritic
Proto-Anakh
Ulema
Ulema Al Baydani
Ulema-Anunnaki
Ulema Bukhtiar
Ulema Ghandar
Ulema Mordachai ben Zvi,
Ulema Seif El Din
Manuscripts
Underground genetic
laboratories in America
Ultra-dimension
Underwater
Base, Russian
Unification numerical code for the Anunnaki United States
Air Force
Allowed abductions
Department of Energy
Extraterrestrial protocol
Genetic laboratories in the, Government
Military
Military scientists
President of the
Protocol on extraterrestrials, Publications on
extraterrestrial invasions,
Treaties with aliens
Universe(s),
Global
Inner
Intra
Multiple
Single
Theory of the Ever expanding universe
Ur
Enki Ziggurat in
Ur Nammu
Urdu
USOs

Vatican
Vav
Vegetarian diet
Vehicles of the Gray aliens jointly operated with the military Ventura, Jesse
The Body
Vera Cruz
Vimanas
Visiting our past(s) in different dimensions

Warka
Washington, D.C.
Watchers, the
Water
Waves of cold lava
Waw, Phoenician

Wednesday, November 30th

White House, the
Winged disc, logo and symbol Work center of the Grays
World(s)
Copies of yourself in other, Different
Economy
End of the
Etheric and bio-organic
Lives in different
Parallel dimensions adjacent to our
Woujoud

Xenotransplantation
 Y

Y
Year 685 A.D.
Year
Year 1947, Grays’ spacecraft crashed in Roswell Year
Year
Year
Coding and decoding the
significance of the Year
Energy systems of the
Anunnaki, after
Yearyears agoyears agoyears ago

Zafta
Zama-ari
Zaman
Zamania
Zara-Du
Zefiro
Zeta Reticuli
Ziggurat
Of Enki in Ur
Of Nippur
Zikr
Zinar
Zone(s)
Beyond Earth
Mental
Of times and spaces,
Different
Para-mental
1 Mouzakraat of Sinhar Marduchk shall be published soon.
It is the world’s first authentic Anunnaki’s manuscript
provided by an Anunnaki Sinhar.

2 A note from Victoria: we cannot reveal the scientist’s

name, since this could endanger his family.